This is only a preview of the February 2008 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 34 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "UHF Remote-Controlled Mains Switch":
Items relevant to "UHF Remote Mains Switch Transmitter":
Items relevant to "Shift Indicator & Rev Limiter For Cars":
Articles in this series:
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
FEBRUARY 2008
PRINT POST APPROVED
- PP255003/01272
8
$ 50* NZ $ 9 90
100mpg+
INC GST
INC GST
FROM A PRIUS –
We show how!
PLUS:
Rev limiter Solar battery charger
Long-range UHF remote mains switch
PIR-triggered “anything” controller
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 1
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.21, No.2; February 2008
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Features
10 How To Get More Than 100MPG From A Toyota Prius
Adding a large lithium-ion battery lets you drive much further on battery power.
Here’s how it was done – by Jim Fell
16 Review: ATTEN ADS7062CA Digital Storage Scope
It packs many of the features found on expensive scopes, all for just over
$1300 – by Mauro Grassi
UHF-Remote-Controlled
Mains Switch – Page 24.
78 PICAXE VSM: The PICAXE Circuit Simulator, Pt.2
Here’s how too use the new PICAXE VSM simulation software. It’s a great way
for beginners to experiment as well – by Clive Seager
Pro jects To Build
24 UHF Remote-Controlled Mains Switch
Want to switch mains appliances on and off remotely? This unit can do it for
you. It can operate as a standalone unit or can be teamed with the Water Tank
Level Meter Base Station to control water pumps – by John Clarke
34 UHF Remote Mains Switch Transmitter
It’s designed to control the UHF Remote Mains Switch, has a range of over
200 metres and is easy to build and get going – by John Clarke
PIR-Triggered Mains Switch –
Page 57.
57 A PIR-Triggered Mains Switch
Build it and switch just about any plug-in mains-powered device when a
passive infrared sensor detects a person approaching – by Jim Rowe
66 Shift Indicator & Rev Limiter For Cars
This easy-to-build Shift Indicator lights one or more LEDs when it’s time to
change gears. It also includes a rev limiter – by John Clarke
92 Mini Solar Battery Charger
It uses an efficient step-up converter and teams with a compact 6V solar
panel to charge 12V SLA or conventional car batteries – by Branko Justic
Shift Indicator & Rev Limiter
For Cars – Page 66.
Special Columns
39 Serviceman’s Log
Hopelessly devoted to you – by the TV Serviceman
44 Circuit Notebook
(1) Using The Enhanced Voice Recorder In A Model Railway; (2) Rechargeable Cell Logger & Discharger; (3) Infrared Light Beam Relay; (4) Novel Neon
Flasher With Low Current Drain
Mini Solar Battery
Charger – Page 92.
86 Vintage Radio
DC-to-AC inverters from the valve era, Pt.2 – by Rodney Champness
Departments
2 Publisher’s Letter
4 Mailbag
8 Order Form
77 Product Showcase
siliconchip.com.au
97 Ask Silicon Chip
100 Notes & Errata
101 Market Centre
February 2008 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the subscription page in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Publisher’s Letter
Microcontroller projects
can be simple and complex
at the same time
This month, we have two or three projects (depending on how you count them) which are based on PIC
microcontrollers. They are the Shift Light Indicator
and Rev Limiter, the UHF Remote Mains Switch (or
Pump Controller) and the UHF Remote Transmitter.
Last month (January), we had the PIC-Controlled Swimming Pool Alarm and the Water Tank Level Meter Base
Station (again PIC-controlled). And then back in November 2007, we had four
microcontroller projects of varying complexity, from the Playback Adaptor for
CD-ROM Drives to a UV Light Box Timer. In fact, if you wanted to survey the
last few years of SILICON CHIP projects, you would find a similar frequency of
designs using Atmel, PIC or PICAXE microcontrollers.
The main reason why so many microcontrollers are featured in our constructional projects these days is simply that they make it possible to bring these
projects to fruition. Without them, these projects would be impossibly complex
or just simply uneconomic. A good example of this is the CD-ROM Playback
Adaptor. It simply would not be possible to produce this project without the
powerful Atmel microcontroller and a lot of software to boot.
It is also evident that microcontrollers also make the circuits seem quite simple
while allowing very complex features to be incorporated. The Shift Light and Rev
Limiter project in this month’s issue is a case in point. The PIC microcontroller
allows very rapid measurements of engine RPM (necessary because engine RPM
can vary over an extremely wide range with just a blip of the throttle) while
performing two control functions: shift light indication and/or rev limiting. In
fact, you could argue that we have made the control functions too complex and
possibly we should have split the design into two separate projects.
The reason I am canvassing this topic is that we would like to know what
you, the readers, think of this general trend to microcontrollers. Do you accept
that micros are the way to go for many of our projects or would you prefer, if
it were possible, that SILICON CHIP’s projects not use a micro and instead use a
more complex circuit with possibly a lot of conventional logic ICs? Or are our
projects simply too complex, whether they use micros or conventional circuitry?
We are also aware that we are devoting a lot of space to our electronic projects
and they tend to incorporate a great deal of instructional detail so that novice
readers have as few problems as possible. And of course, we also know that no
matter how much detail we include, there will always be some questions unanswered for some readers. Or inevitably, there will always be some readers who
want the project to provide for some other function which would have made
the design more complicated.
Finally, do we have too much emphasis on electronic projects and not enough
on new developments in electronics? At the risk of unleashing a deluge of email,
we would like to hear your opinions on these questions. And if you have suggestions for articles or projects, please let us know about those as well.
Leo Simpson
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
USB Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
Analog + Digital
Inventing the future requires a lot of test gear...
...or a BitScope
Digital Storage Oscilloscope
9
Dual Channel Digital Scope with industry
standard probes or POD connected analog
inputs. Fully opto-isolated.
Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
9
Capture and display analog and logic signals
together with sophisticated cross-triggers for
precise analog/logic timing.
Multi-Band Spectrum Analyzer
9
Display analog waveforms and their spectra
simultaneously. Base-band or RF displays with
variable bandwidth control.
Multi-Channel Logic Analyzer
9
Eight logic/trigger channels with event capture
to 25nS.
9
Built-in flash programmable DSP based function
generator. Operates concurrently with waveform
and logic capture.
DSP Waveform Generator
BS100U Mixed Signal Storage Scope & Analyzer
Innovations in modern electronics engineering are leading the new wave of
inventions that promise clean and energy efficient technologies that will
change the way we live.
Mixed Signal Data Recorder
It's a sophisticated world mixing digital logic, complex analog signals and
high speed events. To make sense of it all you need to see exactly what's
going on in real-time.
User Programmable Tools and Drivers
BS100U combines analog and digital capture and analysis in one cost
effective test and measurement package to give you the tools you need to
navigate this exciting new frontier.
9
Record to disk anything BitScope can capture.
Supports on-screen waveform replay and export.
9
Use supplied drivers and interfaces to build
custom test and measurement and data
acquisition solutions.
Standard 1M/20pF BNC inputs
Smart POD Connector
Opto-isolated USB 2.0
12VDC with low power modes
BitScope DSO Software for Windows and Linux
BS100U includes BitScope DSO the fast and
intuitive multichannel test and measurement
software for your PC or notebook.
Capture deep buffer one-shots, display waveforms
and spectra real-time or capture mixed signal data
to disk. Comprehensive integration means you can
view analog and logic signals in many different
ways all at the click of a button.
The software may also be used stand-alone to
share data with colleagues, students or customers.
Waveforms may be exported as portable image
files or live captures replayed on another PC as if a
BS100U was locally connected.
BitScope Designs
Ph: (02) 9436 2955
Fax: (02) 9436 3764
www.bitscope.com
February 2008 3
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to
the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the
right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions
to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
Recycling computers
and printers
Congratulations on your 20th year of
successfully producing a truly world
class electronics magazine. I have
every copy except for No.1. I do wish
you and your staff continued success
for many years yet to come.
The purpose of this letter is to draw
attention to the situation regarding
E-Waste and that our organisation is
actually doing something about the
problem. While councils and governments are scratching around like a
bunch of sun-struck chooks, trying to
work out what to do with unwanted
computers, printers, monitors, plus
a host of other items that make up
E-Waste, Reverse Garbage (RG) at
Marrickville in Sydney is turning the
problem into the solution.
RG collects and refurbishes unwanted PCs, which we then sell cheaply
to the public. A lot of people may not
want (or need) a brand new computer
or can afford a newie. That is where
RG excels. Reverse Garbage can sell a
complete package for under $100 or a
little more if we have to build it to a
Electricity saving
circuit is unsafe
I read the article on the Electricity
Saving Device in the November 2007
issue (pages 22-27) and I totally agree
with the findings. However, the circuit for the device was published in
the article. I don’t have a problem
with this but there was no mention of
any safety warnings about working
with circuits connected directly to
the 240VAC mains supply.
Also, there was no mention of the
type of capacitor suitable for connecting across the mains supply. If
a reader was to construct this device
(don’t for a minute think that no-one
will!) and did not use a “X” type
capacitor which has suitable charac-
4 Silicon Chip
customer’s specs (some people prefer
to build up their own computers or
wish to upgrade cheaply).
N. Bush,
Canterbury, NSW.
Reverse Garbage is at the Addison
Road Community Centre, Building 8,
142 Addison Road, Marrickville, NSW
2204. Phone (02) 9569 3132.
www.reversegarbage.org.au
IR remote testers
are not necessary
This is a note to save people building circuits to test IR remote controls;
such testers are not needed. All you
need to do is look at the IR signal
through an electronic camera.
I used to have an old mono surveillance camera in my workshop
and could check the signal strength
and button functions by looking at a
monitor. With so many people carrying camera phones, who would want
to build an IR tester?
Ray Banks,
Wagga Wagga, NSW.
Comment: you make a very good point.
Virtually any digital or video camera
teristics for this type of application,
there may be severe consequences if
an incorrect type of capacitor was
used and it failed.
I recommend that you publish errata or better still, write an article to
describe the use of capacitors when
mains voltages are concerned; eg,
“X” and “Y” types.
Rob Zanchetta,
via email.
Comment: we have published your
letter but we cannot believe that anyone would be stupid enough to build
such a circuit. Then again, perhaps
someone would be. Incidentally,
there is no labelling on the capacitor
in the device concerned – the whole
thing is dodgy.
can be used to check if the IR LED on
a remote is working.
Dissent from
Peter Seligman’s articles
Editor’s comments: the following letter
from Dave Waplington has been reproduced with Peter Seligman’s comments
interspersed in italics.
I am writing in response to your
article “How To Cut Your Greenhouse
Emissions”, by Peter Seligman (September 2007). How cynical and biased
can an article get? Or was it just poorly
researched? Here are the major points
that I disagree with.
I welcome this kind of response –
it is what I was hoping to generate.
Am I cynical and biased? Cynical?
Yes – when I see “information” based
on hype. Biased? Not intentionally.
I do calculations based on the best
information I can get hold of. I don’t
have any particular barrow to push.
I would just like to see our efforts go
towards sensible use of energy, in the
most effective way.
Quote “. . . the pure electric vehicle
which has the range, convenience and
performance of a conventional car is
still way off in the future”.
Purely electric vehicle conversions
that I have personal knowledge of
have all the range, convenience and
performance I need. Statistics tell us
that the average daily drive is 28km.
EVs easily travel 50-90km between
charges. These same vehicles outperform their donor petrol engine
counterparts and what can be more
convenient than plugging it into your
own power point when you get home?
You start each day with a “full tank”
and no more queues at a busy service
station. No more oil changes, tuning,
fan belts, fuel injection, radiator and
exhaust problems – you get my drift?
I am delighted to hear that purely
electric conversions exist. Please let
the readers know who does this and
where they are available! That they
siliconchip.com.au
Problem with
BT137 Triacs
Whenever you feature a circuit
containing a 240VAC interface you
always put in large bold letters a precautionary note regarding the danger
of working with high voltages. The
need for this caution became blatantly apparent recently when I was
working on a circuit containing a PIC
microcontroller to control 240VAC
lighting.
In order to produce a circuit that
was inherently safe, I elected to use a
MOC3021M optocoupler to give optical isolation between the low and
high voltage circuits and a BT137X
Triac which has an isolated case.
Having purchased the components from a well-known electronic
component supplier, I downloaded
the data sheet. According to this, the
BT137 Triac has a maximum voltage
of 1500V between any of the pins
and the mounting tab.
The circuit was duly made and
trialled with no problems. Then
just to be absolutely safe, this entire
output circuit was encapsulated using epoxy resin into a 20mm square
aluminium tube about 60mm long.
The two low voltage wires came out
one end of the tube and the two high
voltage wires out the other end. The
Triac was mounted to the wall of the
tube using a small screw.
I then used the multimeter to test
the resistance between the VAC
wires and the aluminium tube and
found that there was a complete
short circuit; ie, there would have
been 240VAC on the aluminium
tube! The BT137 was found to have
an unisolated tab!
have all the range “I need” or for the
“average daily drive” makes them a
suitable second vehicle but not the
only vehicle in most households. And I
totally agree with the statement about
oil changes, etc.
The article states that petrol burnt
during a year’s motoring equates to
10,000kWh of energy. Petrol cars approach 25% efficiency but electric cars
are between 80% and 90% efficient
depending on their drive configuration, with AC being more efficient
siliconchip.com.au
I went back to the supplier (a different branch) and again the same
Triac was presented to me. We tested
the resistance between the case and
the centre pin and it was a complete
short circuit, not isolated as the data
sheet stated.
Being totally confused with this, I
went onto the web again and found
that there are at least three different
types of BT137 Triac, all from Philips
Semiconductors:
(a) BT137 with its tab connected to
the middle terminal (A2). There is
absolutely NO electrical isolation
on this pin (this is the component
I was sold).
(b) BT137F – this component looks
exactly the same as the one above but
it does have an electrically isolated
metal tab.
(c) BT137X – this component has
a thick plastic tab which offers the
best electrical isolation, however
the thermal characteristics are somewhat worse than the ones above.
To summarise: when dealing with
high voltage, don’t always believe
what seems to be obvious, Check,
check and check again.
Alfred Hirzel,
Auckland, NZ.
Comment: we contacted the retailer
concerned in this matter and they
have advised that all stocks of their
BT137 Triacs have been withdrawn
for checking.
We advise anyone who has
stocks of BT137 Triacs to check
whether their tabs are isolated
from the A2 terminal. If not, they
must not be used in any application which requires a Triac with
an isolated tab.
than DC. This makes EVs almost four
times more efficient than a petrol car.
Dr Seligman suggests that EVs only
require 3000kWh of energy to do the
same running, which is three-tenths of
the energy required by the petrol car.
Now that’s not bad is it? If we do some
sums, using his figures, this equates
to 8kWh per day, which leads to the
next point.
The missing factor of 3 or 4 here
is the efficiency of the power station.
Black coal fired power stations have
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
February 2008 5
FRONT PANELS
& ENCLOSURES
Customized front panels can
be easily designed with
our free software
Front Panel Designer
• Cost-effective prototypes
and production runs
• Wide range of materials or
customization of provided
material
• Automatic price calculation
• Fabrication in 1, 3 or 7 days
Sample price:
USD 43.78 plus S&H
www.frontpanelexpress.com
Introducing the MT System
A series of C programmable chips based on
the latest generation of 8051, Atmel AVR or
ARM core flash microcontrollers.
Onboard 16-bit
run-time interpreter
for fast program
development
Multiple, selectable
program storage
Free IDE includes text editor, compiler,
simulator, test terminal and serial
downloader (no programmer required)
Lots of sample programs
Demoboards available for quick and easy
project development
Prices & documentation available on website
www.ozitronics.com
A NOTE TO
SILICON
CHIP
SUBSCRIBERS
Your magazine address sheet shows when
your current subscription expires.
Check it out to see how many you still have.
If your magazine has not turned up by the
first week of the month, contact us at
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
6 Silicon Chip
Mailbag: continued
an efficiency of about 33%. However,
efficiency from station to the end
user is about 92% giving an overall
efficiency of about 30%. For brown
coal, which powers most of Victoria, it
is about 25%. I could have been more
explicit about regional variations. New
gas-fired power stations are better – see
http://www.aie.org.au/melb/material/resource/pwr-eff.htm
I recently bought a 2.1kW solar
panel array. It cost $25,000 including inverter and installation and the
federal government gave a rebate of
$8000, which brought my cost down to
a fraction of what Dr Seligman stated.
I might just mention that today’s PV
cells are 17% efficient, with laboratory
units now approaching 40%. A 2kW
array will generate 2kWh every hour
under ideal conditions. After just four
hours, my EV is fully charged. The rest
of the time I sell the excess energy to
my electricity supplier, as the article
suggested but at the peak rate!
I am delighted to hear that the price
of installed PV power has come down
so much. Let’s look at these figures.
For Melbourne or Sydney the factor
between peak and average power is
about 7. So a 2.1kW array has a mean
output of 300 watts. The inverter has
an efficiency of about 90% and realistically, solar installations are de-rated at
90% because output drops with temperature. So that makes the effective
output 243 watts or 2129kWh/year.
At current Melbourne prices of 13
cents per kWh that’s $278 worth of
electricity per year. Cost of installation
after the rebate and credits is $16,000.
To get that back, as a very crude guesstimate: 16,000/278 = 59 years.
Now I admit that electricity will
probably go up faster than inflation
and indeed it should. The real point
here is that electricity in Australia is
ridiculously cheap – making renewable energy and conservation almost
always not worth it. To put it another
way, $16,000 invested at 6% returns
about $960 year which means the
electricity costs 960/2129 = $0.45 /
kWh or 45 cents/kWh. Without the
government rebates this would be 70
cents/kWh.
Victoria has just commenced a new
solar power station (see http://www.
solarsystems.com.au/projects.html).
This is a 154MW Heliostat plant which
will cost $420 million. This gives a
price of 7.9 cents/kWh. It is more sensible for us as a nation to put money
into installations such as this rather
than home-installed systems where
the cost effectiveness is one-eighth of
a large station. We need to spend our
dollars effectively.
With respect to carbon emissions,
an EV charged from solar panels not
only saves the 2.6 tonnes/year of CO2
that I would have generated (if I had
used petrol) but also saves 4 tonnes/
year by not using coal. Let me just say
something in support of the power
companies, not all power is generated
by coal. Gas turbine, combined cycle,
hydro, wind and some small PV systems are used. No doubt the average
CO2 emission from power generation
is less than the figure quoted in the
article. By the way, buying solar panels
gave me carbon credits too; mine were
worth $1000!
You can’t have this both ways. Either
you can charge your car from solar,
saving 2.6 tonnes (over petrol) OR you
can put the power into the grid saving
4 tonnes of CO2. But you can’t do both.
My point was that, of the two options,
putting the power into the grid wins.
Now you may have a point re the
CO2 produced from power generation.
Victoria is the worst state in the (equal
to USA) worst country for this. The figure of 1.3 kg/kWh is real and verifiable
from many sources. But I accept that
not all power utilities are that bad. For
example, in the UK, the contribution is
only 0.43kg/kWh, due to 40 % of gasfired power stations, 20% nuclear and
3.5% from renewables. For natural
gas, the figure is 0.6kg/kWh.
At that level, my argument breaks
down. Then it becomes a choice
between an LPG vehicle with an efficiency of 25% OR burning the gas in
the power station at 33 % efficiency,
reduced by 0.92 (transmission and
maintenance), 0.9 (change discharge
efficiency), 0.9 (electric motor efficiency) which gives an overall efficiency
of about 25%.
We won’t argue about the few persiliconchip.com.au
Mobile phone towers
are not a hazard
While I share Brendan Falvey’s
caution (Mailbag, November 2007)
about mobile phone safety, I found
it disappointing that his letter had
characteristics and content similar
to most phone tower protests.
Contrary to Mr Falvey’s assertion
that “very little detail of such tests
is available”, journals such as Radiation Research (which I discovered
with very little effort looking at the
Australian Radiation Protection and
Nuclear Safety Authority’s website
a few years ago) can be accessed
from more than 45 university and
other libraries across Australia. This
is a reputable scientific research
journal which reports the full details of testing including frequency,
intensity, duration and type of RF
signals. ARPANSA’s website is at
http://www.arpansa.gov.au/mobilephones/index.cfm. Another useful
source is http://www.acma.gov.au/
WEB/STANDARD
His view that “the risk was higher
from base stations” seemed to contradict his discussion of the nearfield and far-field for handsets. In
terms of safety and near-fields and
far-fields, all base stations have to
meet the ARPANSA safety limit. One
base station in WA that was the subject of one of the largest protests in
Perth was shown to have emissions
thirty thousand times lower than
the safety limit during low traffic
cent my assumptions make. The point
here is that you are back to where you
started. Whether you burn the fuel in
the car or the power station doesn’t
make much difference. The real differences are practical. Electric cars
are quiet, low maintenance and low
pollution on the roads. The pollution
is at the power station. Their range is
limited to commuting type applications. On the other hand liquid, petrol
or gas-powered cars have a lot of disadvantages but have enough range to
go on a holiday. If you need two cars,
one of each would be ideal.
Dr Seligman could have said that
converting a petrol car to an EV is the
ultimate recycle job. How much CO2
siliconchip.com.au
and still well below the safety limit
during heaviest traffic. His view that
“the risk was higher from base stations” is not supported by available
evidence.
In relation to the information
available that is used by those
working in the area, they do not
“traditionally think in terms of far
field radiation” but only measure the
field that is there to be measured, and
then with calibrated instruments.
The relevant Australian standard
(ARPANSA RPS 3) specifies measurement in terms of the E and H
fields so it already takes into account
both near and far fields.
The ARPANSA web page at http://
www.arpansa.gov.au/mobilephones
/index.cfm#6 contains this conclusion: “Users concerned about the
possibility of health effects can
minimise their exposure to the microwave emissions by: limiting the
duration of mobile telephone calls,
using a mobile telephone which
does not have the antenna in the
handset or using a ‘hands-free’ attachment. There is no clear evidence
in the existing scientific literature
that the use of mobile telephones
poses a long-term public health
hazard (although the possibility of
a small risk cannot be ruled out).”
I hope these sources will be helpful in providing more complete and
accurate information.
E. McAndrew,
Cunderdin, WA.
does that save? And let me finish with
another saving – even if you do charge
your EV from the grid, the running
cost per km works out to about 2-4
cents, even cheaper if you charge off
peak. What does petrol cost? $1.25 per
litre (say) equals 12.5 cents per km in
fuel costs alone (using Dr Seligman’s
figures). Think again about EVs Dr
Seligman.
Dave Waplington,
Karrinyup, WA.
I agree that converting a petrol car
to an EV is a great recycling job. Re
the costs, look at it this way: say we
compare a car run directly from LPG vs
an electric car charged from electricity
supplied by gas (LPG and natural gas
We’re told we make
the best speakers
in the world…
Now you can too
“The best speakers
I have ever heard”
DVD Now
“The best bass
in the world”
Rolling Stone Magazine
“We have yet to hear
another system that
sounds as good”
Best Buys Home Theatre
Seven models
from $769pr
www.vaf.com.au
FreeCall 1800 818 882
vaf<at>vaf.com.au
February 2008 7
SILICON
CHIP
Order
Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRICE GUIDE: SUBSCRIPTIONS
YOUR DETAILS
(Note: all subscription prices include P&P).
(Aust. prices include GST)
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ...................... $A89.50
1 yr + binder ....................... $A105
NZ (air): 1 yr ....................... $A96
Overseas (air): 1 yr ............. $A135
2 yrs ...................... $A172
2 yrs + 2 binders .... $A203
2 yrs ...................... $A190
2 yrs ...................... $A260
Address__________________________________________________________
PRICE GUIDE: OTHER PRODUCTS
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
Method of Payment:
(all prices include GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for
10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A9.50 ea
(including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including p&p by air).
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies. Australia:
$A9.50 each (including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including
p&p by air).
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A13.95 each plus $7 p&p per
order.
o Cheque/Money Order o Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
*ELECTRONICS PROJECTS FOR CARS, VOL.2: Aust.
$A14.95; Overseas $A18.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
Card expiry date:
Signature_____________________________
*PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS: Aust.
$A22.50; Overseas $A26.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS*
* except subscriptions/renewals
Qty
Item
Price
Item Description
Subscribe to SILICON CHIP on-line at: www.siliconchip.com.au
Both printed and on-line versions available
Total
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
BUY
MOR 10 OR
ISSU E BACK
ES
A 1 0 & G ET
DISC %
OUN
T
$A
Phone (02) 9939 3295
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9939 2648
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
Australia 2097
02/08
Mailbag: continued
are similar). LPG cost about 50 cents
per litre or say 5 cents per km. I agree
with your calculation of 4 cents (not
2) per km for charging. But can you
legally get off-peak rates for electric
vehicle charging?
Finally on this pricing topic, I want
to point out that if you use LPG or
electricity for vehicles, you are not paying anything for road maintenance,
in contrast to those who use petrol
and diesel.
So yes Dave, I have thought a lot
about EVs. Do you still think my article was poorly researched? Thanks
for the stimulating questions – I think
this is the kind of discussion we need
to have.
Peter Seligman.
EVs can cut
greenhouse gas emissions
I’m amongst the number of readers
that are uncomfortable with the impression that Peter Seligman presented
in his series of articles on “How to Cut
Your Greenhouse Gas Emissions”.
As an engineer with a passion for
energy efficiency and renewable energy, I often have the overwhelming
feeling that there is no solution available to our current energy consumption crisis. However, my rational side
tells me that the best solution is to
look at the big picture and to work in
small steps towards a better solution.
This is why I have a problem with the
essence of Peter’s article on electric
cars, as I believe they are an important
step in improving our overall energy
efficiency.
Firstly, I believe that Peter Seligman’s number for the efficiency of
petrol cars are incorrect and that Peter
Kay’s numbers are closer to the mark,
so at present your CO2 emissions are
almost equivalent in an electric vehicle and a petrol vehicle. This isn’t the
end the of the world; in fact, it’s a very
good first step.
I live in Brisbane and I pay ~15.5c/
kWh for electricity. Let’s say my electric car is 85% efficient. This means
that it costs me 18.2c/kWh for the
energy that the car uses. Using the approximate number of 10kW/l of petrol
and the generous 25% efficiency for
the petrol engine at a cost of $1.20/
litre, this costs me 48c/kWh to run
the car.
This is 2.6 times more then an
equivalent-sized electric car.
As the economics of scale work for
electricity generation, so the most
feasible way to generate renewable energy is in a large-scale grid-connected
facility. As Peter Seligman finds, solar
generation on a small scale is not currently economically viable. However,
concentrated PV power currently costs
approximately 2-3 times as much as
coal power. So while at present, it
is not cheaper to generate electricity
from renewable energy sources, the
renewable energy costs around the
same as petrol.
I see that you can look at this two
ways: if you want to save money, buying an electric car and powering it
from fossil fuel-generated electricity
will save you ~60% on your fuel bill
while having minimal effect on your
CO2 emissions.
Alternatively, if you want to save
greenhouse gases, choose the “green
energy” from your electricity supplier
(currently AGL in Brisbane charges 5c/
kWh for the 100% green energy option
or ~32% more) and you will save both
on greenhouse gas emissions and your
total energy bill!
Apart from the immediate advantages, the main benefit is that electric
cars are able to use energy generated by
ANY source, so when we find a more
economic renewable energy source,
we will be able to realise the benefits
to a greater extent then if we stick to
fossil-fuelled cars and in the meantime,
we can save some money.
Chris Lister,
SC
Chermside West, Qld.
“I’ll GO THE RIGOL ... UNBEATBLE FOR PRICE
AND PERFORMANCE”
Rigol DS5062MA 60MHz
Rigol DS5102MA 100MHz
Rigol DS1202CA 200MHz
Rigol DS1302CA 300MHz
60MHz Bandwidth, 2 Ch
1GS/s Real Time Sampling
4k Memory Per Channel
Advanced Triggering
Built-in USB
3 Year Warranty
100MHz Bandwidth, 2 Ch
1GS/s Real Time Sampling
4k Memory Per Channel
Advanced Triggering
Built-in USB
3 Year Warranty
200MHz Bandwidth, 2 Ch
2GS/s Real Time Sampling
10k Memory Per Channel
Advanced Triggering
Built-in USB
3 Year Warranty
300MHz Bandwidth, 2 Ch
2GS/s Real Time Sampling
10k Memory Per Channel
Advanced Triggering
Built-in USB
3 Year Warranty
ONLY $799
Sydney
ex GST
Melbourne
Tel 02 9519 3933
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 02 9550 1378
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
ONLY $1,099
Brisbane
ex GST
Tel 07 3275 2183
Fax 07 3275 2196
ONLY $2,036
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
ex GST
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
ONLY $2,620
ex GST
EMONA
February 2008 9
How to get more
100 MPG from a
Toyota Prius
By
Jim Fell
The Toyota Prius has been the most successful and popular
hybrid car produced so far but it has one weakness – it
cannot go very far on battery power alone. This article
tells how a large Lithium-ion battery was added to a Prius,
giving it the ability to drive much further on battery power,
thereby greatly increasing fuel economy.
I
first converted a car to purely
electric operation in 1999 and
after several improvements, particularly to the battery pack, the car
was moderately successful.
I was generally able to travel about
80km on a charge and considerably
more if care was taken. The car completed the London to Brighton Electric
Vehicle (EV) Run in 2005 and 2006.
Unfortunately the Achilles heel of
any EV is still the battery pack. With
low-cost lead-acid batteries the range
is severely limited and a long crosscountry run must be planned like a
military campaign.
There must be charging points every
80km or so and you need to stop for
a couple of hours at each to restore
some charge.
In 2005 I started looking at the
hybrid cars that were available and
the Toyota Prius in particular. The
interesting thing about the Prius was
that it could run for a limited period
as an EV, however with the NiMh
10 Silicon Chip
battery pack the electric motor can
take the car only about 1.6km at less
than 50km.
I wanted to reduce the fuel consumption of the Prius from 60 to 100
MPG, a massive cost saving, by the
addition of a large Li-ion batterypack.
This article describes how I achieved
this using E-blocks and Flowcode as
a control system.
How it works
Fig.1 shows how the Toyota Prius
works. Essentially it is a normal car
Fig.1: a much simplified diagram of the
Toyota Prius drivetrain – essentially a normal
car with an electric motor/generator added.
siliconchip.com.au
than
with the addition of an electric motor/
generator in the drive train. When the
driver needs to slow down, the brake
pedal puts the electric motor into
generator mode which charges the
battery up. Conversely, at low speeds
the electric motor is used to assist the
conventional petrol engine to decrease
fuel consumption.
When I started the project a few
groups in the USA were experimenting with supplementary battery packs
to increase the range of the Prius.
The Toyota, along with most modern cars, has a very complex electronic
control system. The part that deals
with drive and battery management
uses CAN bus.
The operation of the drive amongst
other things is based on the State Of
Charge (SOC) of the battery pack. If the
SOC is low, the management system
will recharge when descending a hill,
braking or use any surplus energy from
the engine. If the SOC is high, then the
battery pack will be used to drive the
car at low speed or to supplement the
engine when driving, climbing hills
or overtaking.
In practice, the SOC is varying continuously, dependent upon traffic and
driving pattern.
I saw two main problems in adding a large battery pack in parallel
with the existing NiMH battery. The
first was: what would the reaction be
from the Toyota management system
if the existing battery started receiving
siliconchip.com.au
charge from an outside source – the
second battery? The second problem
was how to control this external charging source.
The control system needed to be
such that the existing batteries’ SOC
could be manipulated so that the
Toyota management system “saw” a
high SOC and used the battery instead
of the engine wherever possible.
The first problem was simple. I connected my external charger across the
Toyota battery pack and charged the
pack. The SOC increased up to fully
charged (about 80% SOC). The battery
manager took into account the pack
temperature and voltage and computed the SOC quite happily.
So solving the second problem –
transferring energy to the Toyota’s
battery – was the main area of work.
Circuit details
I was lucky enough to have acquired
Fig.2: graphical representation
of the display unit.
February 2008 11
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: block diagram/circuit of the modified Toyota Prius. The DC/DC converter
was required because the author’s Li-Ion battery pack was some 40V less than the
NiMH pack standard in the Prius. A word of warning: these batteries do pack an
enormous amount of energy at dangerous voltage. Getting across these can kill!
The dashboard is standard Prius but it has the addition of the multiprogrammer and CAN unit (with LCD readout on the front) in the DIN space where a CD
player, cassette, etc would normally be located.
a set of 56 Thunder Sky Li-ion cells
which I could use as a second battery.
These are connected in series to give a
around 210V DC and more than 50Ah
(ie, 10.5kWh).
The Toyota’s NiMh battery produces around 240V DC so I knew that
I would need an inverter to allow the
additional battery pack to charge the
Toyota’s own battery.
In addition, I wanted to be able to
recharge the Li-ion batteries overnight
so I needed a recharge circuit. I also
needed a circuit to control the flow
of charge into the Prius’s own battery.
Fig.3 shows the block diagram of
the system.
The extra battery pack was con-
nected to the existing pack was by
using four single pole high voltage
power contactors and a high power
DC/DC converter.
The DC-DC converter is actually
a battery charger which has a bridge
rectifier as the first component to convert the normal AC mains input to DC.
The DC-DC onboard converter is used
to charge the Li-ion battery if required
but that’s another story.
The converter had a 2-stage selectable output. In high the converter
would try to lift the existing pack to
a high voltage and thus a high SOC.
In low this voltage was lower and allowed the existing pack to lose charge
letting the SOC% to fall back.
The output of the DC-DC converter
is controlled by switching in one of
two sets of points. When the battery is
being charged overnight it is isolated
from Toyota circuit by a second set
of points.
The NiMh to Li-ion battery contactors would be energised the whole
time during vehicle operation, until
the extra battery pack was fully discharged and no longer able to contribute – at which time the batteries were
disconnected.
Controlling this system meant hack-
Before and after: the Toyota Prius with standard boot (left) and after the addition of the 200V Li-Ion battery pack. As you
can see, a fair amount of boot space is sacrificed for the battery upgrade. At the extreme left (green box, almost hidden) is
the inverter.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 13
The DC-DC inverter is actually a commercial battery charger with a two-stage
selectable output. Because it has a bridge rectifier “up front”, it can also be
pressed into service to charge the Li-Ion pack from the mains, if required.
ing into the Toyota CAN bus. The car
has many devices on the CAN bus
and fortunately they all broadcast
their data onto the bus. The devices
that need the data read it and react
accordingly.
As far as I am aware, no device solicits information from another device.
What was needed was a custom
CAN bus device that could read
parameters on the system and move
charge into the existing battery pack
at the right time.
At this time I read an article in Elektor on Flowcode (February 2006).This
referred to a CAN bus system consisting of two nodes of a network.
From past experience with other
bus systems it can take a long time to
get a system up and running. I have
some experience with Microchip PIC
devices and there is a wealth of information on their website concerning
CAN bus. The data sheet on the CAN
interface chip (MCP2515) runs to 81
pages.
I ordered the Flowcode CAN system
and saw immediately that all the hard
work of using the CAN bus had already
been done. Setting up the parameters
for the bus and reading specific messages is carried out by prewritten
macro commands. Getting the communication between two points was
very straightforward.
In order to monitor SOC in the
Prius, a Kvaser Light CAN to USB
unit was used to look at the traffic on
14 Silicon Chip
the CAN bus. There is a convenient
OBDII connector with 12V power
located just under the steering wheel
in the Prius.
There is some documentation regarding the messages on the bus on the
internet. The format of the data varies
and a bit of manipulation is needed to
convert the data to a form which can
be displayed on an LCD panel.
With some idea of what I wanted
initially from the bus, I set up a system
in the workshop which mimicked the
function of the CAN bus in the Prius:
one of the E-blocks systems continuously transmitted an SOC message in
the same format as the Toyota message
while the other system showed the
system parameters on an LCD.
This was used in the development
and commissioning phases of the project on the bench and fitted into the
radio compartment of the car.
The display shows Battery Current,
Battery Voltage (charging/discharging), State of Charge %, Charge Current
Limit, Discharge Current Limit, Max
Battery Temperature and Min Battery
Temperature. In this way the whole
system could be built up and tested
away from the car.
The second stage of the program
used only one of the items (SOC%)
and gave one of two outputs, high or
low, depending on the value of SOC.
In order to maintain the existing
battery SOC at around 70%, a pair of
decision instructions in Flowcode put
on the low output if SOC% >70 (and
disconnected the Li-Ion cells from the
charge circuit) and put on the high
output if SOC%<65 (which switched
the Li-ion cells into the circuit and
charged the NiMh Prius battery). In
each case the opposite output would
be turned off.
One additional output was used
to drive a relay to then energise the
four main contactors. This output
Inside the E-blocks controller/CAN bus/display unit. These are commercial
modules adapted as required for use in the Prius.
siliconchip.com.au
The Software
The two
packages
used by the author in the
development of the Prius and
mentioned in this feature,
“Flowcode 3” and C “for 16 Series
PIC micro” are available from
Matrix Multimedia Ltd in the UK.
Here’s a close-up of the Prius electronic dash, with the consumption (99.9 MPG)
highlighted. It’s actually better than that: 99.9 is as high as the Prius dash goes!
would come on five seconds after the
system powered up and would go off
in response to the additional battery
pack becoming discharged.
There was no need for a display on
the final controller and this now lives
in an enclosure in the boot next to the
extra batteries and power contactors.
As noted above, the extra battery
pack is a set of 56 Thunder Sky Li-ion
cells. These cells are about two years
old and vary in capacity, the worst
being about 50Ah at 20°C when discharged at 25A. The worst cell defines
the pack capacity so with the current
limit set to 25A the car will run for
two to three hours in assist mode
until the battery pack switches off.
The car then runs in normal hybrid
mode as before.
The drawback of the system is that
these batteries are very expensive,
and physically large and heavy. The
batteries also take up much of the
The E-blocks used are also available
from Matrix Multimedia.
Contact Matrix Multimedia via their
website, www.matrixmultimedia.
com
boot space, as you can see in one of
the photos.
Conclusion
In summer the car will return about
60 MPG (4.7l/100km) in normal
hybrid mode and about 100 MPG
(2.8l/100km) in battery boost mode.
Unfortunately, the Prius’s readout only
goes to 99.9 MPG so you cannot tell
how well it’s really doing.
Another job for Flowcode will be to
read the instantaneous fuel flow from
the bus along with the speed and compute the real fuel consumption.
Further gains can also be made
by reading the bus speed signal and
pulsing a relay when the speed drops
below 50km/h to force the car into
EV mode. The relay would be pulsed
again on the speed rising to 50km/h
to take the car out of EV mode; that is
SC
another job for Flowcode.
REFERENCES:
A screen grab of various “Flowcode 3” flowcharts used. This software is
designed for easy development of PICmicro-based systems (see above right).
siliconchip.com.au
Elektor February 2006
Easy CAN Microchip www.microchip.
com
Plug in Prius Wiki group at www.eaaphev.org/wiki/Main_Page Follow links
to plug in hybrids then Prius.
February 2008 15
Review by Mauro Grassi
ATTEN ADS7062CA
Digital Storage
Oscilloscope
The ADS7062CA Digital Storage Oscilloscope from ATTEN incorporates many
features found only in dearer oscilloscopes. It represents very good value for
money and its bandwidth is high enough for most applications, including video.
T
he ADS7062CA is a dual channel colour 60MHz
DSO with real-time sampling up to 1GS/s. It is rare
to find a comparable DSO at this price range that also
boasts a colour screen. The display is a 5.7-inch quarterVGA colour LCD with adjustable contrast.
Considering all the functions available, the front panel
has a simple and easy-to-follow layout. The vertical attenuator and trace position knobs are colour-coded (yellow
and cyan) to match the corresponding traces on the screen.
All the knobs are digital by the way; there are no potentiometer controls, which means they should be durable
and reliable.
The vertical attenuator knobs work in two modes.
The standard mode gives the usual 1:2:5 sequence from
20mV/div to 50V/div. Pressing the knob then provides a
vernier function, to give much finer control, allowing you
to shows the measured waveform using the full screen,
for example.
Three BNC inputs are accessible from the front, rated at
300V RMS, one for each channel and one for an external
trigger. The scope does not have probe sensing but you
would not expect that feature on a low-cost scope.
Seven of the buttons are backlit, together with an indicator for the multi-purpose User Select knob which adjusts
Fig 1: the yellow trace shows a PWM signal at around
3.48kHz. The cyan signal is the output at the drain of a
Mosfet connected to a motor being switched by the PWM
signal. Five measurements are shown at right. The large
spikes in the back-EMF of the motor are visible and are
measured to be as high as 65.6V.
Fig 2: the same set-up as in Fig 1 but showing the vital
statistics of channel 1 on the screen. The peak-peak
voltage, frequency, period and average voltage are shown.
The trigger level can be read at the bottom of the display,
showing the trigger is a rising level above 6.4V on channel
1.
16 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
a range of functions.
Auto Set & measurements
Although most digital scopes incorporate some kind of
AUTO set feature, the ADS7062CA is unusual because it
Fig 3: the same set-up as in Fig 1, but showing more detail
of the switching waveforms. Ringing in the output of the
Mosfet is visible and the rise time is measured to be 110ns.
Compare this with the fall time of 10ns measured on the
gate of the MOSFET to the right.
siliconchip.com.au
gives the user four additional options after the AUTO set
has been completed. These options are especially useful
when viewing periodic waveforms. For example, one can
choose to show only one complete cycle of a periodic
waveform, or only the rising or falling parts.
Fig 4: a PWM signal at approximately 3.48kHz. On screen
cursors are used to measure the positive pulse width. The
pulse width is shown to be 96ms in the window at top right.
The values of the two horizontal cursors also appear in
this window, relative to the trigger point at the centre of
the screen.
February 2008 17
The ADS7062CA can make all the common measurements,
with up to five independent measurements displayed at
any one time to the right of the main window. When using
the AUTO set feature, the measurements are shown on the
screen, at bottom. The measurements apply to one of the
two channels and show peak-peak voltage, period, frequency
and average voltage levels. The channel that is selected is
the current triggering channel.
Alternatively, all measurements can be displayed at once,
in a semi-transparent window in the centre of the screen.
An independent 6-digit frequency counter appears at the
bottom right of the screen.
Maths function
The ADS7062CA has maths functions on a par with higher
end oscilloscopes, including FFT. The two traces can be
added, subtracted, multiplied and divided and the result
shown as a separate red trace on the screen.
Apart from arithmetic functions, the FFT (Fast Fourier
Transform) can be used to analyse the frequency components
of a waveform. At the fastest timebase setting, the scale goes
up to 12.5GHz! However, the magnitude accuracy at frequencies near or above the bandwidth of 60MHz will be poor.
The FFT implemented on the ADS7062CA is quite good
and the only difference with FFTs on other oscilloscopes we
have seen is that you cannot view the FFT and the waveform
simultaneously on the screen.
However, the ADS7062CA implements a FFT zoom feature
that is often lacking in other oscilloscopes. It is particularly
handy for examining the frequency components in closer
detail, providing up to x10 magnification.
A further way to make measurements is via the on-screen
cursors. Two cursors are available in either vertical or
horizontal mode and are adjusted by turning USER SELECT
knob. The cursor values (eg, time, voltage) and the difference
between them are shown in the top right-hand corner of the
display. Interestingly, you can use the cursors on the MATH
function or a previously stored waveform.
Acquisition modes
The ADS7062CA implements three acquisition modes. In
normal sampling mode, the scope acquires samples (of 8-bit
vertical resolution) at constant periods as set by the timebase
setting. Peak detect mode is good for viewing waveforms
that are rapidly changing relative to the chosen timebase
period. It detects peaks of the waveform and is therefore well
suited to viewing waveforms where there are very narrow
peaks that can easily be missed in normal sampling mode.
The trade-off is lower noise immunity.
For improved noise immunity you can resort to the average
sampling mode, in which up to 256 sweeps (selectable) of the
waveform are averaged out. This mode is particularly good
for seeing overall trends while ignoring unwanted noise.
Triggering
Featured triggering modes include edge, pulse and video
triggering. The SET TO 50% button can be used to quickly
set the trigger level halfway between the vertical range of
the waveform. This is an easy way to stabilise a waveform
on the display. From there, you can adjust the trigger level
with a knob.
Triggering can be AC or DC-coupled and filtered for better
Radio, Television & Hobbies: the COMPLETE archive on DVD
YES!
NA
R
MO E THA URY
ENT
QUARTER C NICS
O
OF ELECTR !
Y
R
O
T
IS
H
This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every issue of R & H, as it was known from
the beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!) right through to the final edition of R, TV & H
in March 1965, before it disappeared forever with the change of name to EA.
For the first time ever, complete and in one handy DVD, every article and every issue
is covered.
If you’re an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it doesn’t get much more
vintage than this. If you’re a student of history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight
into the amazing breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following the
war years.
And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the best propaganda imaginable!
Even if you’re just an electronics dabbler, there’s something here to interest you.
• Every issue individually archived, by month and year
• Complete with index for each year
• A must-have for everyone interested in electronics
Please note: this archive is in PDF format on DVD for PC.
Your computer will need a DVD-ROM or DVD-recorder (not a CD!)
and Acrobat Reader V6 (free download) to enable you to view this archive.
This DVD is NOT playable through a standard A/V-type DVD player.
Exclusive to
SILICON CHIP
ONLY
62
$
+
$
00
7 P&P
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-4 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
<at>
BY EMAIL:#
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
18 Silicon Chip
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
siliconchip.com.au
noise immunity. Either high or low frequencies can be attenuated. The trigger source can be either channel, external
source or from the 50Hz mains. Video triggering works with
both PAL and NTSC and can synchronise on even or odd
fields, or both.
Windowing Mode
The ADS7062CA incorporates a simple windowing mode,
which can be considered a zoom feature. The limits of the
window are set with a horizontal knob, while pressing a
button makes the window fit the display.
User Interface
The user interface is typical of most digital oscilloscopes,
being organised as a hierarchy of menus with each having
sub-menus which are accessed by five “soft” buttons on the
edge of the screen. An audible beep informs you when you
have set a knob beyond its range, although the beeping can
be disabled and a visible cue used instead.
Save and recall
Up to ten waveforms can be saved and recalled for later
analysis. Saved traces are recalled to the screen in red and
can be transferred to a PC. In addition, up to ten user settings
can be saved to non-volatile memory and recalled later. The
current settings are automatically saved three seconds after
they are changed which ensures that the oscilloscope starts
in the same mode next time you power it up.
If you have many unwanted settings, you can always
press the DEFAULT SETUP button and begin with the most
common options.
Connections
The ADS7062CA has a USB device port and a standard
GPIB port, both on the rear panel, to enable you to connect
the scope to a PC.
There is no USB host port, meaning that acquiring screenshots is only possible by connecting to a PC. This could
be a problem if you are working in the field or away from
a computer. The only way to save waveforms in that case
would be to store them on the scope’s internal memory and
transfer them later.
Screen grabs can be saved with the supplied EasyScope
software. Keep in mind that the resolution of the exported
bit maps will only be quarter-VGA (320x240 pixels) which
is the native resolution of the oscilloscope.
You can also export data in CSV (comma separated values)
format for importing into a spreadsheet.
Conclusion
This oscilloscope represents very good value for money.
It is reasonably fast and responsive and has many features
found only in more expensive oscilloscopes. The colour
screen makes this DSO particularly attractive for its price.
The biggest compromises are the limited resolution of the
screen, limited memory depth (4K) and 8-bit vertical resolution. On the positive side, the scope is supplied with two
probes, a USB cable, user manual and PC software.
Where from, how much?
Recommend retail price is $1195 excluding GST. It can be
purchased from Trio Smartcal. For more information, contact:
Trio Smartcal or visit www.triosmartcal.com.au
SC
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 19
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
Remote-Controlled
Mains Switch
Want to switch mains appliances on and off remotely? This
UHF Remote Mains Switch can do it for you. It’s operated
using a hand-held UHF transmitter or you can team it with the
Water Tank Level Meter Base Station described last month to
automatically control mains-operated water pumps. An in-built
timer also enables the unit to turn off automatically after a
preset period.
By JOHN CLARKE
T
The transmitter has two buttons to turn the UHF
Remote Mains Switch On and Off. It can control
up to 10 switch units simply by changing the
identity setting.
24 Silicon Chip
HERE ARE MANY INSTANCES
when it would be convenient to
switch an appliance on or off remotely
rather than switching it manually.
Such circumstances include switching
on pathway lights when you arrive
home, switching garden and/or pool
lighting on or off, and switching power
to water pumps.
Remote switching can also be very
convenient for appliances that are difficult to access, eg, in a factory.
This unit was originally designed to
switch mains-powered water pumps
on and off in response to signals transmitted by the Water Tank Level Meter
Base Station described last month.
However, we soon realised that by adding a separate handheld transmitter to
control the unit, it could also be used
as a stand-alone unit for lots of other
applications.
It’s quite simple really – if you want
to team the unit with the Water Tank
Level Meter Base Station, then you
don’t need the handheld transmitter.
That’s because a transmitter is built
into the Base Station itself. Conversely,
you do need the transmitter to use the
unit in other applications – ie, without
the Base Station.
siliconchip.com.au
The UHF Remote Mains Switch can switch
loads of up to 1875W or 2500W – see text.
By the way, commercial remote control mains operated switches are readily available for switching appliances
rated up to 1000W. Typical of these is
the Altronics Cat. A-0340 which can
be used with up to five outlets and has
a range of 20m.
However, if you want to switch
devices rated over 1000W or control
water pumps, then you need the UHF
Remote Mains Switch described here.
It can switch devices rated at up to
2500W over a range of up to 200m.
That’s 10 times the range typically
available from the low-cost commercial units!
Main features
As previously indicated, the UHF
Remote Mains Switch is controlled
either via a Water Tank Level Meter
Base Station or using a hand-held
UHF transmitter. The latter has just
two switches for power control, one
to switch the appliance on and the
other to switch it off. An indicator LED
located just above the “On” switch
lights briefly during each UHF transmission, to indicate that the signal has
been sent.
A feature of the transmitter unit
siliconchip.com.au
is that is can be set to one of 10
identities. This means that you can
independently control up to 10 UHF
Remote Mains Switches using a single
transmitter.
Let’s say, for example, that you have
two UHF Remote Mains Switches. In
this case, one of these can be set as
identity “1” and the other as identity
“2”. The UHF transmitter can then
be set to control either UHF Remote
Mains Switch by selecting the required
transmitter identity number.
In other words, when the transmitter
is set to identity “1” it will control the
UHF Remote Mains Switch with identity “1”. Similarly, when set to identity
“2” it will control the UHF Remote
Mains Switch with identity “2”.
Note that a small screwdriver is
required to change the transmitter’s
identity. It’s just a matter of changing
the setting of a BCD switch via an access hole in the front panel (below the
“On” button).
Similarly, the Water Tank Level Meter Base Station transmits the identity
of the pump that’s to be controlled.
This pump is then switched by the
UHF Remote Mains Switch that’s set
to the same identity. Note that you
will require a separate UHF Remote
Mains Switch for each pump you wish
to control.
Encode switch
The transmission range is such that
you can easily control a UHF Remote
Mains Switch up to 200m away. This
means that, in a suburban environment, you could easily end up controlling a neighbour’s UHF Remote Mains
Switch or vice versa, unless special
precautions are taken.
In this unit, a 16-position encode
switch is included to prevent this from
happening. Basically, the encode setting on the UHF Remote Mains Switch
must match the encode setting on the
UHF transmitter before it will operate
in response to the UHF signal. This
means that if both you and a neighbour
have UHF Remote Mains Switches set
to identity 1, you can simply select a
different encode value to prevent false
triggering.
Timer
An inbuilt timer in the UHF Remote
Mains Switch allows you set the unit
to automatically turn off after a preset
period. This period is set by a BCD
February 2008 25
Main Features
•
•
Switches loads of up to 1875W (or 2500W using 10A mains wiring).
•
•
•
16 encoder selections.
•
•
On and off switching via remote transmitter or local switch.
•
•
•
Brownout detection switching.
Up to 10 units can be used with the one transmitter, each with a
separate identity.
Over 200m range.
Unit is operated using a separate handheld UHF transmitter or via a
Water Tank Level Meter Base Station.
Timer operates from 1 minute to 4 hours in 15 ranges, plus a
continuously on selection.
Optional power-on variation.
Not suitable for security applications.
switch during construction and ranges
from 1 minute through to 4 hours in
15 steps. Table 2 shows the full range
of periods available.
This automatic switch-off feature is
useful if you are controlling pathway
or garden lights. For example, you
might want the unit to automatically
switch the pathway lights off after
a few minutes or switch the garden
lights off after a couple of hours.
Alternatively, the unit can be set to
permanently remain on until an “off”
signal is received from the transmitter (ie, either from the hand-held
transmitter or from the Base Station
transmitter).
Brownout protection
Another feature of the UHF Remote
Mains Switch is “brownout” detection, with automatic switch-off should
a brownout occur.
Brownouts occur when the mains
voltage drops to a lower than normal
level, usually because of a fault in the
supply. The lowered voltage not only
dims house lights but can also cause
motors to overheat and burn out.
Basically, burn-out occurs because
the current through a motor’s induction windings increases when it is not
spinning at its correct speed (ie, when
the supply voltage is low). In fact, in
severe brownouts, the voltage can be
so low that the motor will not turn at
all. In that situation, the motor will
quickly overheat and suffer permanent
damage.
By including brownout detection,
26 Silicon Chip
the motor is protected by switching
off the power if the supply voltage
falls below a preset value. Brownout
detection is vital when it comes to
preventing burn-out of mains-powered
water pumps.
Presentation
As shown in the photos, the UHF
Remote Mains Switch is housed a plastic enclosure with a General Purpose
Outlet (GPO) on the front panel. Also
included on the front panel is a neon
indicator to indicate when power is
applied to the GPO, plus a pushbutton
switch to manually switch the unit
on and off.
Power indication for the unit itself
is provided a neon indicator within
the mains switch.
An internal relay is used to switch
the power to the GPO. This relay is a
high-current type that’s suited to withstanding the high start-up currents associated with motors. A heavier duty
relay can be used if required to power
motors rated up to 2500W.
The transmitter is housed in a case
measuring 135 x 70 x 24mm. It’s powered by a 9V battery and sends out a
coded 433MHz signal.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit details for
the UHF Remote Mains Switch. It’s
based on IC1, a PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller. This monitors the signals
from a 433MHz receiver module and
controls the GPO via a relay circuit
accordingly.
In operation, the 433MHz receiver
picks up the transmitter signal and
applies the resulting data to IC1’s RA5
(pin 4) input via a 1kW current-limiting
resistor. This resistor is included because the RA5 input can cause IC1 to
latch up if excessive current flows into
or out of this pin. This could happen if
the input goes above 5V or below the
0V supply rail.
The data signal is read by IC1 by
clocking it in at a rate set by the
transmission locking pulse. It is then
accepted by IC1 if the format is correct
but will be rejected if its identity and
encode values do not match the settings of BCD (binary coded decimal)
switches S1 and S2.
Switch S1 (identity) is arranged as a
rotary switch with 10 settings ranging
from 0-9. It connects the RB0, RB1,
RB2 and RB3 inputs of IC1 to ground
when its 2, 4, 1 & 8 switches are closed
respectively.
Conversely, the RB0-RB3 inputs are
pulled to the +5V supply rail when
their corresponding switches are open.
That’s because each input has an internal pull-up resistor of about 20kW.
In operation, the switch settings for
S1 can be read by IC1 because a low
voltage on one of the inputs means
that its corresponding switch is closed
while a high voltage means that the
switch is open.
BCD switches S2 (encode) & S3
(timer) are monitored in a similar way.
However, these have six extra positions labelled A-F, giving a total of 16
positions. Note that the RA0, RA1, RA6
& RA7 inputs of IC1 that monitor S3’s
setting are pulled to +5V via external
10kW resistors. These resistors are
necessary because there are no internal
pull-ups at the RA pins.
Switching the relay
IC1’s output at RA3 controls relaydriver transistor Q1 via a 330W resistor.
When RA3 is high, Q1 switches on
and so relay RLY1 also turns on and
switches mains power to the GPO (ie,
it switches the Active lead). Diode D5
clamps the back-EMF voltage that is
produced when the relay coil switches
off, to protect the transistor.
S4 is used to manually switch the
relay on or off with each consecutive
pressing. This switch connects to
IC1’s RA4 input and pulls this input
to ground when closed. Conversely, a
1kW resistor pulls RA4 high when the
switch is open. The 100nF capacitor
siliconchip.com.au
8
4
2
1
8
4
2
1
11
13
12
10
9
7
6
8
4
5
RA6
RA1
RB7
RB5
RA7
RB6
RA3
RA0
Vss
IC1
PIC16F88-I/P
AN2
RA4
RB4
RB3
RB1
RB0
RB2
RA5
14
Vdd
15
18
16
17
2
1
3
TPG
TP1
4x
10k
100nF
8
4
2
1
COM
S3
330
10 F
16V
TIMER (0–F)
1k
100nF
1k
WARNING: WIRING IN
THE SHADED AREA MAY
POSE A RISK OF LETHAL SHOCK
IF TOUCHED!
UHF REMOTE MAINS SWITCH RECEIVER
ENCODE (0–F)
COM
S2
1k
F1 10A
DATA
IDENTITY (0–9)
COM
S1
GND
433MHz
RX
MODULE
100 F
16V
B
D5
A
K
E
C
Q1
BC337
RLY 1
+12V
NEON
LAMP
10 F
16V
A
K
D1–D5: 1N4004
POWER
S5
* NOT REQUIRED FOR
HEAVY DUTY RELAY
(SEE TEXT)
470 *
0.5W
S4
ON/OFF
A
240V
E
100 F
16V
10 F
16V
6.3V
B
0V
6.3V
C
BC337
E
GPO
T1
2851
IN
N
A
A
BROWNOUT
LEVEL SET
GND
OUT
REG2 7812
GND
IN
K 17V
K
433MHz Rx MODULE
A
A
GND
K
K
D1–D4
VR1
10k
22k
470 F
25V
+17V
100 F
25V
+17V
S1
78
➡
4 C 1
S2, S3
A
➡
BC DE
4 C 1
2 C 8
7805, 7812
OUT
IN
2 C 8
Fig.1: the circuit for the UHF Remote Mains Switch is based on a 433MHz receiver module and a PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller (IC1). The microcontroller
processes the data from the receiver and controls relay RLY1 which switches the power to the mains socket (GPO) accordingly.
SC
2008
N
MAINS
E
INPUT
A
ANT
Vcc
100nF
CERAMIC
OUT
REG1 7805
ANT
GND
GND
Vcc
901
23
+5V
78 9
4 56
456
Vcc
DATA
DATA
GND
23
siliconchip.com.au
F0 1
February 2008 27
23
4 56
23
10k
10k
45
23 6
S2
Vcc
GND
GND
ANT
DATA
Vcc
GND
DATA
901
1k
4 C 1
➡
100nF
100nF
BC DE
S1
78 9
A
D5
4 C 1
➡
78
18020101
L ORT N O C P MUP K NAT RETAW
➡
S3
2 C 8
456
78 9
BC DE
330
4 C 1
470 *
100 F
1k
CORD GRIP
GROMMET
10k
1k
TP1
Q1
170mm OF 1mm ENAMELLED COPPER WIRE
10 F
100nF
7.5A MAINS CABLE
FOR LOADS UP TO
1875W, 10A CABLE
FOR LOADS UP TO
2500W
10k
D4
D1
240V PRIMARY
LEADS
6.3V 0V 6.3V
VR1
10 F
A
SPADE
TERMINAL M4 SCREW
RLY1
& NUT
100 F
IC1 PIC16F88-I/P
SWITCH 1
TPG
10 F
470 F
22k
SWITCH 2
REG1
7805
REG2
7812
100 F
S5
(N)
2851
NEON 3
(A)
F0 1
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
(N)
F0 1
F1
T1
(A)
2 C 8
AERA G NIRI W S NIA M
10A TERMINAL BLOCK
433MHz Rx MODULE
* NOT NEEDED FOR HEAVY DUTY RELAY
NEON
LAMP
NOTE 2: BEND TOPS OF SPADE
CRIMP CONNECTORS ON
RELAY OVER SLIGHTLY TO
CLEAR CASE LID
E
A
4.5mm
DIAM.
NOTE 1: INSULATE TERMINALS
OF FUSE F1 & THE NEON
LAMP WITH HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
N
GPO
14
10.9
S4
RADIUS
16.75
NOTE 3: USE THE HEAVY DUTY
RELAY FOR LOADS ABOVE
1875W -- SEE PARTS LIST
33.5
(BOX LID)
DETAILS OF CUTOUT
IN LID FOR GPO
Fig.2: follow this parts layout and wiring diagram to build the UHF Remote Mains Switch. Note that all wiring must
be run using 240VAC cable (see text) and this must be firmly secured using cable ties as shown in one of the photos.
The cutout diagram for the GPO is shown at bottom right.
bypasses any glitches that may otherwise cause false switching.
Power supply
Power for the UHF Remote Mains
Switch comes from the mains via
transformer T1. The transformer’s
12.6V secondary voltage is then fullwave rectified using diodes D1-D4
28 Silicon Chip
and filtered using 470mF and 100mF
electrolytic.
The resulting 17V DC rail is then
applied to 3-terminal regulators REG1
& REG2 to derive regulated +5V and
+12V rails. The +5V rail is used to
power IC1 and the 433MHz receiver
module, while the +12V rail powers
the relay.
Note that the outputs of REG1 and
REG2 are each bypassed using 10mF
capacitors. In addition, a 100mF capacitor and two 100nF capacitors are
used to further decouple the supply for
IC1 and the 433MHz receiver module.
Brownout
IC1’s AN2 input is used for brownsiliconchip.com.au
out detection. Basically, this input
samples the 17V rail via a voltage
divider consisting of a 22kW resistor
and trimpot VR1. VR1’s wiper voltage
is filtered using a 10mF capacitor (to
smooth out 100Hz ripple and transients) and applied to the AN2 input
via a 1kW resistor.
During the set-up procedure, VR1
is adjusted so that the voltage at AN2
is +2.5V when the mains voltage is
250VAC. If a brownout subsequently
occurs and the mains drops to below
about 200VAC, the voltage applied to
AN2 will fall below 2V. This is detected by microcontroller IC1 which
then switches the relay off to disconnect power from the GPO.
The relay subsequently switches on
again when the mains supply returns
to normal.
One small problem with monitoring the 17V rail is that it varies with
load. Relay RLY1 has a coil resistance
of 160W and so there is an extra 75mA
drawn from the 17V rail when the relay
is on. As a result, this supply rail drops
in level when the relay is on, so we
have to take this into consideration.
In practice, it’s just a matter of ensuring that trimpot VR1 is set when
RLY1 is on and power is being applied
to the GPO socket. By doing this, the
brownout detection operates correctly when the mains voltage drops
to 200VAC.
Note also that we have included a
470W resistor across the 160W relay
coil and this reduces the effective resistance to 120W. We have done this
so that a heavy-duty relay that has a
coil resistance of 120W can be used
instead without affecting the brownout
settings. The 470W resistor is not used
with the 120W relay.
Another possible problem is that
when the relay switches off due to a
brownout, the 17V rail immediately
rises again due to the reduced load.
This could cause the relay to immediately switch on again, only to then
switch off again when the 17V rail
drops. This cycle could thus go on
indefinitely as the AN2 input repeatedly goes above and below 2V, thereby
causing relay chatter.
To circumvent this relay chatter, the
microcontroller doesn’t switch the relay back on again following a brownout
until its AN2 input rises above 2.5V,
corresponding to a mains voltage of
220VAC. When the relay is switched
on, the voltage at AN2 will then fall to
2.2V but this is still 200mV above the
voltage required to switch off the relay
and so the relay remains on
You Need A Ratchet
Type Crimping Tool
One essential item that’s required
to build this project is a ratchetdriven crimping tool, necessary for
crimping the insulated quick-connect
terminals to the leads.
Suitable crimping tools include
the Altronics Cat. T-1552, Dick Smith
Electronics Cat T-3535 and the Jaycar
TH-1829. These all feature doublejaws so that the bared wire end and
the lead insulation are crimped in a
single action.
Don’t even think of using one of
the cheap (non-ratchet) crimpers that
are typically supplied in automotive
crimp kits. They are not up to the job
for a project like this, as the amount
of pressure that’s applied to the
crimp connectors will vary all over
the place. This will result in unreliable and unsafe connections at the
mains switch and relay terminals.
By contrast, a ratchet-driven
crimp
i ng tool applies a preset
amount of pressure to ensure consistent, reliable connections.
If you don’t have a suitable crimping tool, then it will be necessary to
solder the leads to the mains switch
and relay and cover the connections
with heatshrink sleeving.
Construction
Construction of the UHF Remote
Mains Switch is straightforward, with
most of the parts installed on a PC
board coded 10102081 and measuring 160 x 110mm. The only off-board
parts are the GPO socket, pushbutton
switch S4, power switch S5, the neon
lamp and the fuseholder.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout on the
PC board. Begin by carefully checking
your board for any defects, such as
shorted or open-circuit tracks. That
done, check that the hole sizes are
correct. In particular, the holes for
the four corner mounting screws and
for REG1 & REG2 must be 3mm in
diameter, while the mounting holes
for transformer T1 and the relay must
be 4mm in diameter.
You should also check that the main
PC board is cut and shaped to size
so that it fits into the box. If not, you
can make the corner cut-outs using a
hacksaw and a round file.
Now for the board assembly. Install
the resistors first, taking care to place
each in its correct position. Table 1
shows the resistor colour codes but
you should also use a digital multimeter to check each resistor before
mounting it in position.
Note that if you are using the 120W
heavy duty relay, then the 470W resistor immediately to its right is not
used.
Once the resistors are in, install the
wire link (it goes in between the two
regulators), then install PC stakes for
the antenna connection at bottom right
and for TP1 and TP GND. In addition,
you will need to install another three
PC stakes to terminate the transform-
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
4
3
1
1
Value
22kW
10kW
1kW
470W
330W
4-Band Code (1%)
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
brown black red brown
yellow violet brown brown
orange orange brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
yellow violet black black brown
orange orange black black brown
February 2008 29
Parts List
1 PC board, code 10102081, 160
x 110mm
1 IP65 ABS enclosure, 171 x 121
x 55mm
1 433MHz UHF data receiver
(Jaycar ZW-3102 or equiv.)
1 2851 12.6V 2VA mains transformer
1 12V relay with 20A 220VAC
contacts (Jaycar SY04042 or
equivalent). Note: for loads
above 1875W, use a 30A relay
(Jaycar SY-4040 or equivalent)
1 2-way 10A mains terminal block
1 0-9 BCD DIL PC-mount switch
(S1)
2 0-F BCD DIL PC-mount switches (S2,S3)
1 momentary push to close
250VAC panel-mount mains
switch (S4) (Jaycar SP-0716,
Altronics S-1080)
1 SPST mains rocker switch with
Neon indicator (S5) (Jaycar
SK-0976, Altronics S-3228)
1 panel-mount 240VAC Neon
indicator
1 M205 or 3AG 250VAC 10A
panel-mount safety fuseholder
(Jaycar SZ-2028 or SZ-2025;
Altronics S-5992)
1 M205 or 3AG 10A fast-blow
fuse (to suit fuse holder)
1 7.5A mains cord and plug with
earth (or 10A cord and plug for
controlling appliances rated at
up to 2500W)
1 10A mains panel socket with
side wire entry (Jaycar PS4094; Altronics P-8241)
2 20°C/W TO-220 mini heatsinks,
19 x 19 x 10mm (Jaycar HH8502)
1 cordgrip grommet for 6.5mm
OD mains cable
1 18-pin DIL IC socket
9 100mm cable ties
8 6.4mm insulated spade crimp
connectors for 1mm2 wire
2 4.8mm insulated spade crimp
connectors for 1mm2 wire
1 chassis-mount 6.4mm spade
terminal
2 PC-mount 6.4mm spade terminals
4 M4 x 10mm screws
4 M4 nuts
4 M3 x 6mm screws
2 M3 x 10mm screws
1 M3 x 15mm screw
3 M3 nuts
1 200mm length of 7.5A blue
mains wire (or 10A for up to
2500W)
1 200mm length of 7.5A brown
mains wire (or 10A for up to
2500W)
1 100mm length of 10mm heatshrink tubing
1 50mm length of 4mm heatshrink tubing
1 170mm length of 1mm enamelled copper wire
1 25mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire
6 PC stakes
1 10kW top-adjust multi-turn trimpot (code 103) (VR1)
er’s secondary leads (6.3V, 0V, 6.3V),
plus another two to terminate switch
S4’s leads.
Diodes D1-D5 are next on the list.
Make sure these are oriented correctly
before soldering their leads. That done,
install a socket for IC1, making sure
its notched end matches the position
shown on Fig.2. Do not install IC1 yet
– that step comes later, after the power
30 Silicon Chip
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
programmed with 1010208A.
hex
1 7805 5V regulator (REG1)
1 7812 12V regulator (REG2)
1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q1)
5 1N4004 1A diodes (D1-D5)
Capacitors
1 470mF 25V PC electrolytic
1 100mF 25V PC electrolytic
2 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
3 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 100nF MKT polyester (code
104 or 100n)
1 100nF ceramic (code 104 or
100n)
Resistors (1/4W, 1%)
1 22kW
1 470W 0.5W
4 10kW
1 330W
3 1kW
supply has been checked.
Next on the list are the capacitors.
Be sure to orient the electrolytics
as shown and note that the 100nF
ceramic capacitor goes in next to the
433MHz receiver module. The other
two 100nF capacitors are MKT polyester types. One is just below one end
of IC1, while the other is just above
BCD switch S1.
Regulators REG1 & REG2 are both
mounted horizontally on the PC board.
The first step is to bend their leads
down through 90° so that they will go
through their PC board holes. In each
case, the regulator’s two outer leads are
bent down 8mm from its body, while
its centre lead is bent down 5mm from
the body.
That done, secure each regulator
together with a U-shaped heatsink
to the PC board using an M3 x 10mm
machine screw and nut. Be careful
not to get the regulators mixed up
– the 7805 (REG1) mounts on the
righthand side.
Tighten each assembly down firmly
before solder their leads and trimming
them to length. Do not solder the
regulator leads before tightening the
mounting screws, as this could stress
the soldered joints and fracture the
board tracks.
Next, install trimpot VR1, transistor Q1 and the three BCD switches.
Be sure to use the correct BCD switch
at each location (S1 is the 0-9 switch)
and note that they must be oriented
exactly as shown.
Follow these parts with the 433MHz
receiver module, again taking care to
ensure it goes in the right way around.
The pin designations are all clearly
labelled on the back of the module and
you can also match the orientation of
the module against the photographs.
The antenna is made using a 170mm
length of 1mm enamelled copper wire.
This is formed into a gentle spiral by
winding it over a 10mm mandril (eg,
a drill). As shown in Fig.2, it extends
from the antenna PC stake to a hole in
one corner of the PC board, immediately to the right of REG1.
Be sure to scrape away the enamel
insulation from the wire ends before
soldering it in position.
Note: for safety reasons, the antenna
must be fully enclosed in the plastic
case. Under no circumstances should
it be mounted externally, nor should
any part of the antenna protrude from
the enclosure. The reason for this is
siliconchip.com.au
INSTALL CABLE TIES AT
LOCATIONS INDICATED
BY RED ARROWS
This is the view inside the completed UHF Remote Mains Switch. Be sure to use insulated spade connectors for
the connections to the mains switch and the relay and insulate all other connections with heatshrink sleeving to
ensure safety. The wiring must be secured using cable ties at the positions indicated by the arrows.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 31
This close-up view shows how the antenna is mounted at one end of the PC
board. It’s made by winding a 170mm length of 1mm enamelled copper wire
onto a 10mm mandril (eg, a drill).
that if a mains wire comes adrift inside
the case, it may contact low-voltage
circuitry and so the antenna may also
become live (ie, at 240V AC) .
The next step is to install two PCmount 6.4mm spade terminals immediately to the right of RLY1 (these
are used to terminate the leads from
the relay’s coil). That done, the relay
and transformer can both be secured
in position using M4 screws, nuts and
star washers.
Note the earth lug that’s fitted under one of the transformer mounting
screws. Before fitting this, be sure
to scrape away the enamel from the
transformer mounting foot to ensure
good contact.
The board assembly can now be
completed by mounting the mains
terminal block. Secure it using an M3
x 15mm screw, nut and lockwasher.
Final assembly
The UHF Remote Mains Switch is
housed in an ABS enclosure measur-
ing 171 x 121 x 55mm. If you buy a kit,
then the box will probably be supplied
pre-punched and with screened lettering on the front panel (or an adhesive
label). If not, then you will have to
drill the holes yourself.
Basically, you will have to drill and
shape holes in one end of the case for
the fuseholder, the mains switch and
the cordgrip grommet. That done, you
will have to drill holes in the lid for
the GPO socket, the neon indicator and
for pushbutton switch S4.
The diagram for the GPO cutout
is shown in the bottom righthand
corner of Fig.2. The large cutout can
be made by drilling a series of small
holes around the inside perimeter,
then knocking out the centre piece
and filing the job to a smooth finish.
Once the drilling is completed, install the PC board, safety fuseholder
and power switch and check where
the 2-way terminal block should be
positioned. Mark and drill a mounting hole for this in the PC board, then
Install the UHF
receiver module
with its crystal
towards BCD switch
S1 as shown here.
32 Silicon Chip
secure it in position using an M3 x
15mm screw and nut. The PC board
can then be secured inside the case
using four M3 x 6mm screws.
Note that you must use the correct
safety fuseholder, as specified in the
parts list. Do not substitute for this
part, as other fuseholders may pose
a shock hazard.
It’s now simply a matter of completing the wiring as shown in Fig.2.
All wiring must be run using mainsrated cable. You can use 7.5A cable
throughout for powering appliances
rated up to 1875W but be sure to use
10A cable where indicated if you want
to power appliances that are rated up
to 2500W.
Note that the brown cable is used
for the Active wiring while the blue
cable is used for the Neutral leads. The
green/yellow-striped wire is used for
the earth wiring only and the Earth
lead from the mains cord must go
straight to the GPO.
The connections to the mains switch
(S5) and the relay are made via insulated crimp connectors. Be sure to use
insulated connectors here as these
terminals all operate at 240VAC.
By the way, a proper ratchet-driven
crimp tool (see panel) is an absolute
necessity to attach the connectors to
the leads. Low-cost automotive type
crimpers are definitely not suitable
here, as their use would result in unreliable and unsafe connections.
The leads to fuseholder (F1) and the
neon lamp are soldered to their respective terminals. Note that the Active
lead from the mains cord goes to the
terminal on the end of the fuseholder.
Note also that all these connections
should all be insulated with heatshrink sleeving – see photos.
Similarly, use heatshrink sleeving to
insulate switch S4’s terminals.
The transformer secondary leads
and the leads from S4 connect to
adjacent PC stakes. Once again, these
connections should all be insulated
with heatshrink sleeving to ensure
reliability.
Take great care when making the
connections to the mains socket (GPO).
In particular, be sure to run the leads
to their correct terminals (the GPO is
clearly labelled) and do the screws up
nice and tight so that the leads are held
securely. Similarly, make sure that the
leads to the mains terminal block are
firmly secured.
Once the wiring is complete, it
siliconchip.com.au
Table 2: Setting The Timeout Period
Switch S3
Setting
Timeout Period
(Minutes)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
No timeout
1
2.55
4.5
5.5
6.75
10
15.5
30
45
60
90
120
150
180
240
Follow this table to adjust BCD switch
S3 to set the required timeout period
(if required). A setting of “0” gives
no timeout period – ie, the unit will
only switch off in response to an “Off”
signal from the transmitter or the
Water Tank Level Meter Base Station.
should be secured using cable ties.
This is done so that if a mains wire
does come loose, it cannot move and
make contact with any low-voltage
components on the PC board.
One of the photographs clearly
shows the locations of the cable ties.
Note that the Active and Neutral leads
are secured to the GPO using cable
ties which pass through the holes in
its moulding.
Testing
Before applying power, check your
wiring carefully and make sure that
all mains connections are covered in
heatshrink tubing. That done, check
that there is a 10A fuse inside the
fuseholder and note that IC1 should be
left out of its socket for the time being.
When testing and making adjustments, the UHF Remote Mains Switch
will be operated with the lid open.
During this procedure, you must not
touch any of the 240VAC wiring. This
includes the transformer primary
leads plus all wiring to the mains
socket, neon lamp, switch S5, the
fuseholder, the relay and the mains
terminal block. Although all connections should be insulated, it’s wise to
be careful.
In particular, note that the relay’s
wiper (COM) contact, the fuseholder’s
siliconchip.com.au
terminals and the switch wiper will
all be at 240VAC if the device is
plugged into the mains, even if switch
S5 is off.
If your house has a safety switch
(earth leakage detection) installed then
this can provide added protection. If
not, then consider using a portable
safety switch for this part of the test.
Apply power and use your DMM
to check that there is 5V (4.9-5.1V is
acceptable) between pins 14 & 5 of
IC1’s socket. If this is correct, switch
off, disconnect the mains plug from
the wall socket and install IC1. Take
care to ensure that IC1 goes in the right
way around – see Fig.2.
Next, set the DMM to the 250VAC
range, apply power again and carefully check the voltage between the
Active and Neutral sides of the mains
terminal block (ie, measure the mains
voltage). That done, press switch S4
to turn on the relay, set your DMM to
read volts DC and adjust multi-turn
trimpot VR1 so the DC voltage between
TP1 and TP GND is 1% of the mains
voltage reading.
For example, if the mains voltage is
250V AC then adjust VR1 for a reading
at TP1 of 2.50VDC. Similarly, if the
mains voltage is 230VAC, VR1 would
be set for a reading of 2.30V at TP1.
Note that for a European mains
voltage of 220VAC, VR1 should be
adjusted so that TP1 reads 2.5V when
the mains voltage is 220VAC. In other
words set VR1 so that the DC voltage
at TP1 is 1.14% of the mains voltage.
This will set the brownout cut-out to
192VAC.
Setting the BCD switches
If you intend using this unit with a
Water Tank Level Meter Base Station,
then you will have to set BCD switches
S1 and S2 accordingly. It’s just a matter of setting S1 to the pump number
and S2 to the encode value to match
both the Water Tank Level Meter and
the Base Station.
BCD switch S3 sets the timer period
– see Table 2. Usually, S3 is set to 0
for controlling pumps that deliver to
a household water supply.
If pumping between tanks, then the
timer can act as a back-up to switch
off the pump if the level meter fails.
GPO power at power-up
Another option is for the UHF Remote Mains Switch to apply power
to the GPO at power-up. This feature
is handy if you want the unit to automatically supply power to an appliance when power is restored after a
blackout; eg, to a pump that supplies
water to a house.
To enable this option, all you have
to do is press and hold down switch
S4 when powering up the UHF Remote
Mains Switch. Once enabled, exactly
the same procedure is used to disable
this option.
Your UHF Remote Mains Switch is
now complete. Be sure to disconnect
the mains lead from the wall socket
when fitting the lid and be careful not
to pinch any of the leads to the mains
socket. Provided you’ve dressed the
leads correctly and secured them with
cable ties, the leads should fold back
neatly into the case when the lid is
placed in position.
Transmitter
Now then, what about the optional
transmitter unit for those who wish
to use the UHF Remote Mains Switch
in a stand-alone application? Well,
that’s fully described in the followSC
ing article.
Check These Important Safety Points
(1) Use the specified plastic case to house this project and note that the antenna must be
fully enclosed inside the case. DO NOT use a metal case.
(2) Use mains-rated cable for all wiring connections and insulate all soldered terminals
with heatshrink tubing. Use insulated spade crimp connectors for all connections to
the mains switch and relay and be sure to use a ratchet-driven crimping tool to properly
secure the spade lugs to the leads.
(3) Secure the mains wiring and all other wiring connections with cable ties (see photo),
so that they cannot move if they come adrift. Make sure that the wiring to the GPO is
correct and that it is properly secured.
(4) All wiring to the mains switch, mains socket, neon indicator, relay contacts,
the 2-way terminal block & the transformer primary operates at 240VAC (ie,mains
potential). Do not touch any of this wiring or the connections to any of these these parts
while this device is plugged into the mains. DO NOT attempt to build this device unless
you know what you are doing and are familiar with high-voltage wiring.
February 2008 33
UHF Remote
Mains Switch
Transmitter
Designed to control the UHF Remote
Mains Switch, this hand-held
transmitter can operate over a 200m
range. It’s based on a PIC micro and
a pre-assembled transmitter module,
making it easy to build and get going.
By JOHN CLARKE
I
the UHF
Remote Mains Switch in a standalone application, then you need to
also build this UHF transmitter. As
shown in the photos, it’s housed in
a plastic case with two pushbutton
switches for on/off switching. Press
the On button and power is applied to
the mains socket on the UHF Remote
Mains Switch. Alternatively, press the
Off button and the power turns off.
What could be easier?
The front panel also provides access
to a small rotary switch. This selects
one of 10 “identities” which means
that the transmitter can control up
to 10 separate UHF Remote Mains
Switches. This rotary switch is adjusted using a small blade screwdriver.
Immediately above the “On” button
is a “transmit indicator” LED. This
briefly lights each time a transmission
is sent (ie, when ever the On or Off
buttons are pressed). However, if there
is an error, this LED will flash three
times in a 1.5-second period.
Typically, an error will be indicated
if both switches are pressed simultaf you want to control
34 Silicon Chip
neously or if a switch is pressed too
briefly. In either case, it’s simply a
matter of pressing the desired switch
again to send the control signal.
How it works
Refer now to Fig.1 for the circuit
details. As previously stated, it’s based
on a PIC microcontroller (IC1) and a
433MHz transmitter module.
Under normal conditions (ie, when
no signal is being transmitted), no
power is applied to the circuit. This
means that battery usage is kept to an
absolute minimum.
Pressing either switch S1 (On) or
switch S2 (Off) connects the battery’s
positive terminal to regulator REG1
via diode D1 or D2. A 10W resistor is
included between the battery and the
switches to limit the initial charge
current to the 10mF bypass capacitor
at REG1’s input. This minimises wear
on the switch contacts.
As soon as power is applied to
REG1’s input, its output delivers a
+5V rail to pin 14 (Vdd) of IC1. As a
result, the program within IC1 starts
running. One of the first things it does
is to check which switch was pressed
and this happens after a short delay to
ensure that the switch is fully closed.
In operation, S1 is monitored via a
10kW resistor at the RA2 input, while
S2 is monitored via a 10kW resistor
at the RA4 input. The program first
checks to see if S1 is closed and it does
this as follows.
Initially, RA2 (pin 1) is set as an
output with this pin at 0V. RA2 is
then set as an input and its voltage
checked to see if it is still at 0V or if
has been pulled to +5V. If it is at +5V,
then S1 (On) is closed and the battery
voltage is being applied to REG1 via
diode D1.
The 10kW resistor in series with RA2
is included to limit the current into
this input when its internal clamping
diode conducts. This diode prevents
RA2 from going more than 0.6V above
the +5V supply, thereby protecting this
input from damage.
Next, the program checks to see if
S2 is closed. In this case, RA4 (pin 3)
is initially held low (0V) as an output.
siliconchip.com.au
Q1 BC327
REG1 78L05
C
E
10k
D3
D1
A
10
RA1
10k
1
10k
Q2
BC549
C
3
10k
B
16
E
1
S3
S4
4 C 1
4 C 1
8 9A
67
BC D
➡
23
34 5
2 C 8
012
901
➡
COM
EF
78
456
9V
BATTERY
2 C 8
Vdd
MCLR
A
S2 (OFF)
14
4
D2
S1 (ON)
A
100 F
16V
100nF
10k
100nF
K
K
K
GND
10 F
16V
B
1k
OUT
IN
2
4
8
S3
IDENTITY (0–9)
8
6
7
9
LED1
1k
18
K
ANTENNA
A
Vcc
RA2
RA0
RA4
17
DATA
IC1
PIC16F88-I/P
433MHz
TRANSMITTER
MODULE
RA7
ANT
GND
RB2
RB4
RB0
RB6
RB1
RB7
RB3
RB5
10
12
13
11
Vss
5
1
2
COM
4
433MHz Tx MODULE
8
ANT
Vcc
DATA
GND
S4
ENCODE (0-F)
D1– D3: 1N4148
A
SC
2008
LED
K
UHF REMOTE MAINS SWITCH TRANSMITTER
78L05
BC337, BC549
K
COM
B
E
A
C
IN
OUT
Fig.1: the transmitter circuit uses PIC microcontroller IC1 to generate a data signal whenever switch S1 (On) or S2
(Off) is pressed. This data is then fed via IC1’s RA0 output to a 433MHz transmitter module. BCD switches S3 & S4
set the identity and encode values & must be set to match settings in the UHF Remote Mains Switch.
RA4 is then set as an input and its voltage checked. A high voltage means that
S2 is closed and that voltage is being
applied to REG1 via diode D2.
Diodes D1 and D2 provide reverse
polarity protection for REG1 if the
battery is connected the wrong way
around. They also isolate the switch
actions, so that RA2 will only go high
if S1 is pressed and RA4 will only go
high if S2 is pressed.
As well as detecting which switch
was pressed, IC1’s firmware also
detects whether both switches were
pressed simultaneously (as indicated
by a high at both RA2 & RA4). It also
detects if neither switch is pressed.
In the latter case, this would mean
that one of the switches was pressed
but then released before the program
had a chance to check which switch
it was.
Next, the program sets RA7 (pin 16)
of IC1 high and this drives the base of
transistor Q2 via a 10kW resistor. As a
result, Q2 turns on and supplies base
current to Q1 which also turns on.
As a result, supply current can now
siliconchip.com.au
flow through D3 and Q1 to REG1,
which means that power to REG1 is
maintained even if switch S1 or S2 is
released. This supply latching is necessary to allow time for the on or off
code to be transmitted in its entirety
without supply interruption.
Diode D3 is there simply to protect
the circuit from reverse battery connection.
RA1 (pin 18) is the transmit indicator output. This output goes low during code transmission and turns on
LED1 via a 1kW resistor. However, if
the program detects that both switches
were pressed or if it detects that neither
switch was pressed (ie, the press was
too brief), the LED flashes three times
to indicate an error.
BCD switches
Now let’s take a look at the two
binary coded decimal (BCD) switches
(S3 & S4) that are connected to the
microcontroller.
First, BCD switch S3 sets the identity. It’s connected to IC1’s RB0-RB3
inputs and individually connects these
Main Features
•
Controls the UHF Remote
Mains Switch
•
Up to 10 UHF Remote Mains
Switch units can be controlled
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
16 encoder selections
200m range
On/off switching
Handheld operation
9V battery supply
Transmit indicator
Transmit error indication
inputs to ground when its 2, 4, 1 & 8
switches are closed respectively.
Basically, S3 is arranged as a rotary
switch with 10 settings ranging from
0-9. For the “0” setting, all switches
are open, while and for the other
numbers, different combinations of
switches are open and closed. For
February 2008 35
170mm OF 1mm ENAMELLED
COPPER WIRE
K
10 F 100 F
4148
10k
➡
BC DE
4 C 1
78 9
A
23
Q2
2 C 8
4 C 1
78
➡
2 C 8
456
100nF
10k
4148
45
23 6
10k
D2
IC1 PIC16F88-I/P
LIE ON SIDE
S2
OFF
901
S4
S3
–
433MHz Tx
MODULE
1k
D1
10k
10k
S1
ON
F0 1
18020151
REG1
ANT
Vcc
LED1
A
DATA
GND
RETTIMSNART WS SNIAM ETOMER
100nF
+
4148
D3
10
Q1
1k
9V BATTERY
CJ
Fig.2: follow this diagram to install the parts on the PC board
and complete the battery wiring. Note that BCD switch S3 is
installed in a socket to raise it up off the PC board (see text), to
make it easier to access. The view at right shows the completed
PC board mounted inside the handheld case.
example, a “1” position ties the RB2
input to ground.
Conversely, the RB0-RB3 inputs are
pulled to the +5V supply rail when
their corresponding switch is open.
That’s because each input has an internal pull-up resistor of about 20kW.
In operation, S3’s settings can be read
by microcontroller IC1 because a low
voltage on one of the inputs means
that its corresponding switch is closed
while a high voltage means that the
switch is open.
BCD switch S4 sets the encode
number and is monitored in a similar
way. However, this switch has six extra
positions labelled A-F, giving it a total
of 16 positions.
The settings for S3 & S4 are sent
as part of the on/off code that’s fed
from RA0 to the 433MHz transmitter
module. Basically, the UHF transmitter transmits a modulated signal when
data is applied to its data input. A
¼-wave dipole antenna is connected
to the transmitter’s output.
In practice, IC1’s RA0 output can
generate on/off signals for up to 10
UHF Remote Mains Switches, depending on the setting of S3 (identity).
Initially, a 50ms transmission is sent
to set up the receiver so that it is ready
to accept data. A 16ms locking signal
is then sent, followed by 4-bit encode
and 4-bit identity numbers.
Next, an 8-bit on/off signal is sent
– either a value of 162 for “On” or a
value of 150 for “Off”. An 8-bit stop
code with a value of 204 completes
the data transmission.
Once this data has been sent, IC1’s
RA7 output is set low to switch off
transistors Q2 & Q1. This ensures that
the supply to REG1 turns off (assuming
that switches S1 & S2 are both open).
Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
No.
4
2
1
36 Silicon Chip
Value
10kW
1kW
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black orange brown
brown black red brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
brown black black gold brown
siliconchip.com.au
In addition, the RA1 output is taken
to +5V to switch off LED1.
Finally, note that there are several
decoupling capacitors at the output
of REG1. These filter the supply rails
for IC1 and the 433MHz transmitter
module.
Construction
The assembly is straightforward
with all parts mounted on a PC board
coded 10202081 and measuring 86
x 64mm. This is housed in a remote
control case that measures 135 x 70
x 24mm.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout. Begin
by checking the PC board for any defects such as shorted tracks or breaks
in the copper. That done, check the
hole sizes. The four corner mounting
holes should be 3mm in diameter, as
should the two holes used to anchor
the battery snap leads.
Now for the assembly. Install the
resistors first, taking care to place each
in its correct position. Table 1 shows
the resistor colour codes but it’s also
a good idea to use a DMM to check
each resistor before installing it on
the board.
Next, install PC stakes for the battery
snap leads and for the antenna connection near the 433MHz transmitter
module. That done, install diodes D1D3, REG1 and transistor Q1 & Q2. Be
sure to orient the diodes and transistors correctly and don’t get Q1 & Q2
mixed up. They may look the same
but Q1 is a BC337 PNP type while Q2
is a BC549 NPN transistor.
The capacitors are next on the list.
Note that the 100nF ceramic capacitor
mounts between Q2 and the transmitter module, while the 100nF polyester
capacitors is located just below IC1. In
addition, the two electrolytic capacitors adjacent to REG1 need to lie on
their side, to clear the lid of the case
– see photo.
Switches S1 & S2 can now go in.
Be sure to mount these with their flat
sides positioned as shown in Fig.2 (ie,
towards the top edge of the PC board).
That done, install an IC socket for IC1
(notched end towards REG1) but don’t
install the IC at this stage.
BCD switch S3 also mounts in an
IC socket, so that it is raised off the
board to make it easier to adjust from
outside the case. One option here is to
fit a cut-down DIP-8 socket, with three
pins on each side. Alternatively, we’ve
provided two extra holes on the PC
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board, code 10202081, 86
x 64mm
1 remote control case, 135 x 70
x 24mm
1 433MHz UHF data transmitter
(Jaycar ZW-3100 or equivalent)
1 9V battery
1 18-pin DIL socket
1 6-pin DIL socket (or 8-pin)
2 click action momentary switches (S1,S2)
1 0-9 BCD DIL PC-mount switch
(S3)
1 0-F BCD DIL PC-mount switch
(S4)
4 M4 x 10mm screws
1 170mm length of 1mm enamelled copper wire
1 9V battery snap connector
3 PC stakes
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
programmed with 1020208A.
hex
1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q1)
1 BC549 NPN transistor (Q2)
1 78L05 5V regulator (REG1)
2 1N4148 diodes (D1-D3)
1 3mm red LED (LED1)
Capacitors
1 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 100nF MKT polyester (code
104 or 100n)
1 100nF ceramic (code 104 or
100n)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
5 10kW
1 10W
2 1kW
board so that it will accept a standard
8-pin DIP socket.
Once the socket is in place, install
S3 with its orientation dot at bottom
right – see Fig.2 and the photos. If you
have fitted an 8-pin socket, be sure
to plug S3 into the top six pins – the
two pins nearest the battery terminals
are unused.
By contrast, BCD switch S4 mounts
directly on the PC board. Once again,
be sure to mount it with the correct
orientation.
The UHF transmitter can now be
installed. This is done by first placing
it in position, then bending it down so
Helping to put you in Control
Sensors
We have a selection of sensors for
monitoring your processes.
Accelerometers
Accelerometer Breakout boards range
from +/-2G to +/10G. Available as 2
and 3 axis.
From $39+GST
Serial Accelerometer
A 3 axis accelerometer
up to +/-6g with a
simple RS232 serial
interface. Available as
card or enclosed.
From $105+GST
Dual Axis Gyro
This is the first dual-axis
MEMs gyro available. The
IDG-300 is a 3.3V IC
with a smaller profile
than other single axis
gyros. $99+GST
Proximity Switches
Inductive Proximity
switches in both
square and tubular
forms. Detection distances from 4 to 12mm. PNP and
NPN outputs
From $22.50+GST
Photoelectric
Switches
These Photoelectric
switches range from
0.4m to 15m. Available with PNP and NPN outputs
From $44.50+GST
Temperature
and Humidity
Industrial grade.
Wall and Duct
Mount.
From $209+GST
Pressure
High quality Industrial
Pressure Sensors.
Range from 0-0.5 to 0 –
1500 Bar. 4-20mA Output. $399+GST
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: 03 9782 5882
www.oceancontrols.com.au
February 2008 37
SILICON
CHIP
+
+
On
+
Off
+
Identity
UHF Remote
Mains Switch
Transmitter
Fig.3: this full-size artwork can be
used as a drilling template for the
front panel.
that its top edge is about 8mm above
the top of the main PC board. That
done, check that it is correctly oriented
before soldering its pins.
LED1 must be installed so that the
top of its lens is 14mm above the PC
board (ie, level with the switch top).
Be sure to orient it with its anode lead
(the longer of the two) to the left.
The board assembly can now be
completed by installing the antenna
coil. This is made from a 170mm
length of 1mm enamelled copper wire
(ECW). First, cut the wire to length and
scrape away about 3mm of insulation
at each end, then shape the wire into
a spiral by winding it around an 8mm
mandril. Once that’s done, solder one
end of the antenna coil to the antenna
PC stake and the other end directly to
the PC board.
Final assembly
The final assembly basically involves fitting the board inside the
case.
The first step is to feed the battery
snap leads through from inside the
battery compartment and then down
through the two holes in the PC board
– see Fig.2. That done, solder the
leads to their respective PC stakes,
taking care to ensure that the polarity
is correct.
Now connect the battery and check
that the voltage between pins 14 & 5
of IC1’s socket is close to 5V when S1
is pressed. If this is correct, install IC1
with its notched end towards REG1.
LED1 should now briefly light each
time S1 or S2 is pressed. If it doesn’t,
check the LED’s orientation.
Assuming all is well, the PC board
can now be fitted into the base. It’s
secured to the four integral stand-offs
using M3 x 6mm screws. That done,
set the identity and encode switches
to match those in the UHF Remote
Mains Switch.
Now check that the UHF transmitter controls the UHF Remote Mains
Switch by pressing the On and Off
buttons. The neon indicator below
the mains socket should come on
when the transmitter’s On button is
pressed and go out when the Off button is pressed.
If it doesn’t work, unplug the UHF
Remote Mains Switch from the wall
socket and check the identity and
encode switch settings in the two
units. If it still doesn’t work, go over
the transmitter assembly carefully and
check for errors.
Note also that the transmitter will
not operate the UHF Remote Mains
Switch if they are too close to each
other. The two units must be separated
by at least one metre.
Once everything is working, attach
the lid to the transmitter case. If you
are building the unit from a kit, the lid
will be probably be supplied with all
holes pre-punched and with a screenprinted label. If not, then you will have
to drill the holes yourself.
These holes can be drilled using the
front panel label shown in Fig.3 as a
template. You will need to drill two
10mm holes to clear the switch caps, a
3mm hole for the LED and a 9mm hole
to give access to the Identity switch
(note: the latter is not necessary if you
intend using the transmitter with just
one UHF Remote Mains Switch).
By the way, it’s best to make the
larger holes by first drilling small pilot
holes which can then be further drilled
out to about 5mm. These holes can
then be carefully reamed out to their
correct sizes.
That done, the front-panel artwork
can be downloaded from the SILICON
CHIP website, printed onto photographic paper and attached to the lid
using an even smear of clear silicone
sealant. Alternatively, you can print a
mirror image of the panel onto clear
overhead projector film and attach this
with the print side towards the panel,
again using clear silicone sealant.
That’s it – your UHF Remote Mains
Switch Transmitter is now complete
SC
and ready for action.
Looking for real performance?
Completely NEW projects – the result of two years research
•
•
•
•
160 PAGES
From the publ
ishe rs of
23 CHAPTE
Learn how engine management systems work
RS
Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and coolant
temperatures
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail.
Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details
to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip
Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
38 Silicon Chip
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 09585
2294
9 780958
5229
-4
46
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
TURBO BOOS
T
& nitrous fue
l controllers
How engin
e
management
works
siliconchip.com.au
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Hopelessly devoted to you
When is it time to retire an ageing TV set?
Most people are only too happy to scrap a
faulty set and go and buy the latest technology.
Then there are those who are too devoted to
their existing set to see it go – especially if they
paid a lot of money for it.
Loewe sets can be a problem when
it comes to quoting. Invariably, their
owners have parted with a motsa for
what is undeniably a very good set and
that’s where psychology comes in. The
implication is that because they have
spent top dollar, they have bought the
very best and therefore it is not likely
to break down. Or if it does, it won’t
be serious (or so they think).
Unfortunately, in reality, there is
very little correlation between buying
a complex high-tech set and reliability.
In fact, you could argue that there is
more to go wrong in a complex set.
Anyway, a neighbour brought in his
Loewe Concept 7000 which was dead.
And for some reason (possibly to do
with the foregoing), he was under the
strong impression that it was either a
fuse or a small adjustment and that it
would cost very little to fix.
I plugged it in and the red standby
siliconchip.com.au
LED immediately came on. Then,
when I switched it on, I could momentarily hear a hiss as the EHT came up,
after which the set reverted to standby
mode.
My next drama was identifying
which chassis this was. Its “Art No.”
was 52431 and it said it was a 110C93.
Eventually, I determined that it was a
1993 C9003/93 chassis, which made
the set 14 years old.
Despite its age, the cabinet looked to
be in mint condition. However, when
I removed the back, I discovered that
the chassis was badly corroded (it’s
amazing what seaside salt-air does to
electronic equipment). That by itself
should also have condemned the set.
In view of this, I told my neighbour
that I thought the set wasn’t worth fixing. Even if I fixed the current problem,
it would probably fail again within a
very short time for other reasons.
Items Covered This Month
•
Loewe Concept 7000 TV set
(C9003/93 chassis)
•
Grundig Xentia 72 Digi100
M72-420/8/Dolby TV set
(CUC1038 chassis).
•
Philips 43PP925/79 CRT rear
projection TV set (A10PTV2.0
chassis).
Unfortunately, he just kept looking at the smart front of the set while
murmuring something about Loewe
being the “Tiger Tank of German
TVs”. In short, he wanted it fixed and
I couldn’t persuade him that it really
wasn’t worth it.
In the end, I gave in and got on with
it. First, I removed the chassis and
checked for dry joints and for signs
of overheating. That done, I cleaned
the chassis and left a film of CRC 2-26
all over it to help protect
against further corrosion.
February 2008 39
Serviceman’s Log – continued
good luck came to an end. A few days
later, mother was vacuuming away
and reversing herself and the machine
without looking and backed right into
the set. Oops! The vacuum cleaner
cracked the screen on impact. It was
an expensive non-warranty write-off.
Unfortunately, that wasn’t to be the
end of it. Next, the kids, bless them,
in a bit of rough and tumble, knocked
over the remaining set and oops again
– then there were none! They had to
bite the bullet and go out and buy two
new sets.
Switchmode supplies
Because the EHT had initially come
up, I suspected that the protection
circuit had been activated by a faulty
vertical output IC (I561). This IC is – or
rather was – a TDA8175 which can be
difficult to obtain these days. However, you can substitute a TDA8172
and change 10 other components
around it.
Fortunately, I managed to get one
of the last ones in captivity but I was
disappointed to find that this didn’t
completely fix the fault symptom. Instead, the set was now coming on with
sound and a very dull picture before
cutting off again. When I first tried it,
it cut off very rapidly but over time, it
began taking longer and longer.
The dull picture was due to a beam
limiting problem and was caused by
R546 (10kW) going open-circuit. This
connects +U200V to the ABL circuit
on the earth end of the EHT overwind.
Replacing R546 (which was corroded)
restored the picture, while resoldering
a few dry joints on the CRT socket
enabled the set to stay on permanently.
Now that the set was more or less
working properly, I found that there
was no remote control. I removed the
front control panel which is clipped
in with its PC board upside down and
40 Silicon Chip
was horrified at its condition. Some of
the tracks on the board were almost
completely gone in parts and others
had already been repaired with wire
jumpers.
If the board had not been designed
to fit in upside down, its tracks would
not have been so badly affected. In the
end, I cleaned it up as best I could
and fitted additional jumpers over
the corroded tracks. This restored all
the remote functions and the set was
now working satisfactorily – but for
how long?
When luck runs out
Some people have all the luck (or
lack of it), don’t they?
A family went out and bought two
Panasonic LCD TVs. The pictures were
great and they performed excellently
for a whole year and everyone was
very happy.
One day a violent storm passed
overhead and one of the TVs was
struck by lightning. It came into our
workshop with a blown power regulator. The part was not available and
so Panasonic replaced the entire set
under warranty. You can’t get better
than that can you?
Well, it was about here that their
Over the years, I have repaired many
hundreds of switchmode power supplies, from the early Philips K9 to the
multiple types we have today.
When they blow up, it is almost
always spectacular, with the pyrotechnics occurring on both sides of the PC
board. Occasionally though, you get
the sneaky ones that do not show any
sign of failure except that the fuse has
blown and there is still +350V sitting
on the reservoir capacitor a fortnight
later. If it doesn’t actually bite you, it
might easily destroy other components
if you unwittingly use solder wick.
If you forget to discharge the capacitor and put your ohmmeter on it,
you can be assured that an internal
resistor will vaporise! And discharging it directly with a pair of pliers
or a screwdriver will show you how
much power is stored in “them thar”
capacitors.
In fact, I am always nervous about
discharging these electros and I prefer
to use a 240V 100W globe.
Repairing these power supplies
requires concentration because you
almost always have to find all the
faulty parts using an ohmmeter and
you cannot afford to overlook anything
or make a single mistake, otherwise it
will all blow up again.
Basically, you have to examine
several stages separately. First, the
switching FET/transistor will be short
circuit and the fuse or resistor between
the +350V rail and the switcher will
be open-circuit (or the current limiting
resistor could be between the emitter/
source and the negative rail).
While you are furiously replacing
these obviously blown parts you are
constantly asking yourself why did
this occur? Was it a short in the secondary? Was it a surge in the mains? Or
was it the drive to the transistor/FET?
siliconchip.com.au
The base/gate is usually directly
connected to the driver (IC) and this
will usually be damaged as well. It
will not be possible for you to check
this completely and bearing in mind
the price of the switching device, it
is always best just to replace it at the
same time.
There will be people out there who
will say why don’t you power it up
slowly using a Variac and a limiting globe in series and measure the
voltages as it comes up. Well, this can
sometimes work and help with the
diagnosis but most switchmode power
supplies will turn fully on at about 90V
and can still destroy themselves, even
with a limiting globe.
Right now, I am battling a Grundig
power supply and I will use this as
an example. This supply is for a 2001
Xentia 72 Digi100 M72-420/8/DOLBY
TV set using a CUC1038 chassis.
Initially, I went to the client’s house
and saw immediately that fuse Si
60501 was open circuit. This fuse
feeds +315V to a 2SK2699 switching
FET (T60506).
Because of the work involved, I
took the chassis back to the workshop.
First, I replaced the FET, checked its
insulator and replaced the TDA16846
driver (IC60510). I then carefully removed and tested all the components
around these parts but could find
nothing wrong.
Unfortunately, a fault was still
present because when I subsequently
powered it up, it took maybe 1-2 seconds before it blew up again.
I replaced these parts again and
also the two CN17F1 optocouplers
siliconchip.com.au
(OK60531) to the control IC, the 220pF
1.6kV capacitor (C60509), the 47mF
electro (C60511) and the 10W resistor
(R60000) between the IC and the FET.
None of these parts measured faulty on
my ohmmeter but then again an ohmmeter is not the “be-all and end-all”
when it comes to test equipment.
By that stage, there really were very
few parts that I hadn’t thoroughly
checked out of circuit. In fact, all
the resistors and capacitors had been
checked and that left only the chopper transformer (TR60500) and the
secondary diodes. I could measure
no shorts on any of the output rails
and I was forced to conclude it was
the transformer itself that had shorted
turns.
Unfortunately, I didn’t have access
to another set and the cost of a new
transformer was over $400 – if available. And that meant that the set was a
write-off, even though I had spent a lot
of time and used up a lot of expensive
parts proving this.
Either I have overlooked something
or it really is the transformer but this
cannot be proved one way or the other
until an identical set comes in and I
can swap parts. For that reason, I won’t
be scrapping it just yet – just in case!
Another example was a 2002 Philips
43PP925/79 CRT rear projection TV
using an A10PTV2.0 chassis.
This set was hit during a storm and
was now completely dead with not
even the standby LED coming on.
A quick check showed there were no
blown fuses and in fact I had +130V all
the way to the line output transistor’s
collector. However, I soon found that
I had no 5V or 3.3V standby voltages,
though there was no sign of any component damage in the switchmode
power supply.
A few quick checks revealed that
R3216 (10W) was open-circuit, while
IC7211 (TOP221P) was short-circuit.
This latter device is part of the TOP
switch-II family of 3-terminal PWM
switches. Replacing these restored the
standby voltages and the set worked
again.
Antenna installations
Commercial antenna installations
are a steady source of income for those
who know what they are doing.
We have long since moved on from
blocks of units that were fitted out with
ribbon cable or “Concordia” coaxial
cable by untrained electricians or part
time telecommunications technicians
(Concordia was a cheap air-cored coax
cable introduced from the UK in the
1970s, with only a 40% copper braid
sheath).
Today’s antenna contractor has to be
familiar with both analog and digital
reception and has to be tooled up
with expensive digital field strength
meters, not to mention all the ladders
and safety gear. Investment and commitment is now the name of the game
and if you are at the cutting edge, then
you are also in high demand.
A heavy storm can render dozens of
home unit installations inoperative all
over the city. Those body corporates
wanting multiple quotes can find
themselves facing long delays and
complaints from individual unit owners. The pressure on the body corpo-
February 2008 41
STIC
FANTAIDEA
GIFT UDENTS
FOR SFT ALL
O S!
AGE
THEAMATEUR SCIENTIST
An incredible CD with over 1000 classic projects
from the pages of Scientific American,
covering every field of science...
THE LATEST
VERSION 4 –
WITH EVEN
MORE
FEATURES!
Arguably THE most IMPORTANT collection
of scientific projects ever put together!
This is version 4, Super Science Fair Edition
from the pages of Scientific American.
As well as specific project material, the CDs
contain hints and tips by experienced amateur
scientists, details on building
science apparatus, a large
database of chemicals and
so much more.
ONLY
62
$
00
PLUS $10 Pack and Post
within Australia
NZ P&P: $AU12.00,
Elsewhere: $AU18.00
“A must for every science student,
science teacher, science lab . . . or simply
for those with an enquiring mind . . .”
Just a tiny selection of the incredible range of projects:
! Build a seismograph to study earthquakes ! Make soap bubbles that last for
months ! Monitor the health of local streams ! Preserve biological specimens !
Build a carbon dioxide laser ! Grow bacteria cultures safely at home ! Build a
ripple tank to study wave phenomena ! Discover how plants grow in low gravity !
Do strange experiments with sound ! Use a hot wire to study the crystal structure
of steel ! Extract and purify DNA in your kitchen !Create a laser hologram ! Study
variable stars like a pro ! Investigate vortexes in water ! Cultivate slime moulds !
Study the flight efficiency of soaring birds ! How to make an Electret ! Construct
fluid lenses ! Raise butterflies as experimental animals ! Study the physics of
spinning tops ! Build an apparatus for studying chaotic systems ! Detect metals in
air, liquids, or solids ! Photograph an ant's brain and nervous system ! Use
magnets to make fluids into solids ! Measure the metabolism of an insect . . . !
and many, many more (a thousand more, in fact!)
See the V2 review in SILICON CHIP, October 2004. . . or read on line at siliconchip.com.au
This is the ALL-NEW Version 4 . . . it’s even BETTER!
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-5 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
<at>
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
BY EMAIL:#
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
BY PAYPAL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
There’s also a handy order form inside this issue.
Exclusive in SILICON
Australia to: CHIP siliconchip.com.au
42 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Serviceman’s Log – continued
rate to get a failed antenna system fixed
ASAP can be enormous – especially if
a sports final is not far away.
Experienced contractors have seen
it all before and are just not interested
in recalcitrant corporate bodies or
unit owners. If you want to take on an
antenna contractor, you will quickly
find yourself outside the loop. There
are many instances when a crew has
been called in to fix the antenna system in a high-rise block of units, only
to find at least one unit owner who is
un-cooperative when it comes to accessing that particular unit.
The contractor’s response is straightforward – troublemakers are simply
siliconchip.com.au
wired out of the system altogether
and end up paying triple the cost to be
reconnected much, much later.
Recently there was a high-rise block
of 20 units that lost all reception in
half the units. The first contractor
called and on seeing that the oldish
block was wired with Concordia cable, quoted $49,000 to rewire the lot
with RG6 Quadshield and would not
contemplate just doing a repair.
A younger contractor did a quick
survey and found out that there was
plenty of signal at the top head-end
(105dB) but nearly nothing (48dB) on
the trunk and just stray pick-up at all
the wall sockets (9-60dB) on all the
floors below.
He recognised that there had to be a
break or a short somewhere between
the distribution amplifier and the
top floor. He quoted $1600 to repair
and replace all the old fashioned
wall plates as well and the job was
accepted, providing it was effective.
The clients really wanted a low-cost
repair as opposed to a costly upgrade, which would have required
a levy.
Sooner or later, of course, the
full job will have to be done
properly. And that means wiring it in
a star formation instead of the loop
installation that’s currently in place.
In this case, the contractor was exceptionally lucky in finding that the
output plug of the splitter had been
wired with Concordia cable and a
single strand of copper wire was shorting the core lead to the shield. When
this was cleared, each wallplate on
all the floors now had 60-80dB with
CSI (Channel Status Info) of 25% on
analog and a bit error greater than
-E7 on digital as per the Australian
Standard.
This was quite surprising considering the quality of cable being used. In
fact, the technician was delighted to
find 70dB of good signal on the ground
floor. What’s more, the entire job was
finished in less than a day.
On another note, these days the antenna installation is coordinated with
the architect and the antenna contractor. An electrician usually installs the
cabling and the final commissioning
is done by the contractor.
Most large installations are divided
into separate channels using digital
amplifiers. These are often integrated
with computerised 2-way AV systems.
However, the actual antenna is still
probably the weakest link and is often
taken out along with its preamplifier
during electrical storms. This particularly applies to high-rise blocks.
Some blocks in city centres rely on
satellite reception because there are
no adequate off-air signals. In this
case, the digital picture information
is encoded on an analog subcarrier
and decoded using a COFDM to PAL
processor; eg, Channel 6 is converted
to a PAL Channel 7 RF signal. This type
of system costs in excess of $12,000.
Builders who have gone bankrupt
or are just bad payers can also cause
problems for contractors. Another
problem is that installations are sometimes contracted out to untrained and
incompetent part-time amateurs. This
can cause huge problems for new unit
owners, as no-one knows who did the
job or the circuit and layout used.
A contractor who’s subsequently
called in to solve the problems then
has to guess his way around the installation to track down the faults and
make the necessary modifications.
Apparently, there have even been
instances of sabotage, usually by a
disgruntled creditor.
Unfortunately, by attempting to re
pair dodgy installations, a reputable
contractor can have his own reputation unfairly tarnished. According
to one industry source, sometimes
it’s better not to even quote for these
SC
“stuff-ups”.
February 2008 43
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Using the Enhanced Voice Recorder in a model railway
Since publication of the Enhanced
45-Second Voice Recorder in the
December 2007 issue of SILICON
CHIP, we’ve had requests for more
information on using the recorder
module in a model railway layout.
Presumably this is for providing station announcements, loco whistle
sounds etc, whenever a train passes
over reed switch sensors placed
under the track in various places.
This circuit (Fig.1) shows how
this can be done. The basic idea is
to connect the reed switch sensors
(as shown in the diagram on page 70
of the December 2007 issue), so that
each one pulls one of the module’s
MSG-bar lines down to ground,
whenever the magnet on a train loco
passes overhead. It’s a good idea to
connect a 4.7mF tantalum or electrolytic capacitor across each reed
switch as well, to ensure that even
if the loco magnet passes over the
switch very briefly, the module input
line is still effectively pulled down
to logic low (0V) for long enough to
trigger message playback.
This works because even a brief
reed switch closure discharges the
capacitor across it but when the
switch opens the capacitor must
recharge (through the 22kW pull-up
resistor inside the module) before
the voltage across that input rises to
logic high level again. So the effective logic low/switch closure time
is extended long enough to ensure
reliable message triggering.
The rest of this new circuit is
provided to show you how the replayed announcements or sounds
from the recorder module (fed
through a small audio amplifier)
can be switched automatically to
any of eight different speakers, using the same reed switch closures.
This should give greater realism,
because the sounds concerned will
emanate from the specific location
of the train rather than from a single
centralised speaker.
The way the circuit works is by
using eight D-type flipflops (in IC4
& IC5) to store the status of all eight
message trigger lines, whenever any
one of the trigger lines is pulled low
by a closure of its reed switch. The
storage is produced by a positivegoing edge produced by 8-input gate
IC3, used here as a negative input
logic OR gate. Eight of the inverters
in IC1 and IC2 are used to invert the
message trigger line levels, so only
the line which has been pulled low
will be stored as a ‘1’ (the rest, being
high, will be stored as a ‘0’).
The eight outputs from the storage
flipflops inside IC4 & IC5 are connected to eight relay driver circuits
using transistors Q1-Q8. As a result,
the relay (RLY1 - RLY8) corresponding to the message line which was
pulled down by its reed switch will
be energised, switching the output of
the audio amplifier through to that
particular speaker.
For example, if reed switch 8 was
closed, a ‘1’ will be stored in flipflop
5 of IC4 and O5 (pin 15) of IC4 will
go high, causing Q8 to be turned on
and energising RLY8 to switch the
audio through to speaker 8.
Whichever speaker is turned on to
replay the sound at that location also
needs to be turned off again, when
the replayed sound or message ends.
This automatic turn-off is achieved
by the simple circuitry involving
diode D1 and inverter IC1f, which
senses the BUSY-bar logic signal
available from pin 10 of the HK828
recorder chip inside the recorder
module. This logic signal goes low
during playback (or recording) of
any of the messages and returns high
only when the message ends.
The ‘return to high’ edge of the
signal is differentiated by a 100nF
capacitor and 100kW resistor and
clipped by diode D1 at the input
of IC1f, to produce a brief positivegoing pulse. IC1f inverts this pulse
to produce a brief active-low reset
pulse for both IC4 & IC5. As a result,
all the storage flipflops are reset at
the end of any message playback,
turning off all relays at the same
time.
The relays used in this circuit are
not critical but should be capable of
operating from 12V with a coil current of no more than about 30-40mA.
The low cost SY-4066 relays sold by
Jaycar would be quite suitable.
Jim Rowe,
SILICON CHIP.
C h o o s e Yo u r P r i z e
There are now five great reasons to
send in your circuit idea for publication
in SILICON CHIP. We pay for each item
published or better still, the best item in
“Circuit Notebook” each month will entitle
the author to choose one of four prizes:
(1) an LCR40 LCR meter, (2) a DCA55
Semiconductor Component Analyser, (3)
an ESR60 Equivalent Series Resistance
Analyser or (4) an SCR100 Thyristor &
Triac Analyser, with the compliments of
44 Silicon Chip
Peak Electronic Design Ltd. See their
website at www.peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in. Send it to
SILICON CHIP and you could be a winner.
You can either email your idea to
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it to
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 45
REED
SWITCH
1
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
4.7 F
REED
SWITCH
8
CLOSE FOR
RECORDING
IC2c
IC2b
IC2a
7
12
11
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC1e
4.7 F
11
5
3
1
14
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
7
+5V
8
6
4
2
+5V
8
D1
1N4148
100nF
IC3: 74HC30
IC1d
IC1c
IC1b
IC1a
14
IC1,IC2: 74HC14
A
K
3
4
6
11
13
14
3
4
6
11
13
14
D5
IC5
16
8
O3
O4
O5
O0
MR
1
D0
CP
9
D1
7
IC1f
12
8
12
15
+5V
2
5
7
10
12
15
+5V
2
5
END OF
MESSAGE
O0
MR
1
O1
D2 74HC174 O2
D3
D4
9
D0
CP
O2
O1
D1
100k
13
O4
O5
10
IC4
O3
74HC174
7
16
D2
D3
D4
D5
REED SWITCH
CLOSED
AUDIO
AMP
13
11
9
IC2f
IC2e
IC2d
3.9k
3.9k
12
10
8
D2
D9
A
K
A
K
B
B
E
C
E
C
D1
K
A
K
D2–D9: 1N4004
A
PN100
C B E
Q1
PN100
RLY1
Q8
PN100
RLY8
+12V
SPEAKER
1
SPEAKER
8
Fig.1: the circuit uses reed switch sensors to pull the voice recorder module’s MSG-bar lines to ground whenever the magnet on a train loco passes overhead.
The module then outputs the appropriate audio message. In addition, the reed switches pull down the inputs of inverters IC1a-IC1e & IC2a-IC2c and also the
inputs of 8-input gate IC3. These in turn control eight D-type flipflops in IC4 & IC5. The flipflops then drive transistors Q1-Q8 and relays RLY1-RLY8 to switch
the announcements to the appropriate loudspeaker.
MESSAGE
BEING
PLAYED
PIN 10
(BUSY)
OF IC1
MULTI-MESSAGE
VOICE
RECORDER MODULE
M8
RE
AUDIO
OUT
GND
GND
+12V
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Rechargeable cell
logger & discharger
This PICAXE-controlled circuit
will discharge and log the discharge characteristics of up to four
rechargeable cells (NiMH, Nicad,
etc). The logging function allows
comparisons to be made between
batteries and the assembling of cells
with similar discharge characteristics. It also helps in identifying
suspect cells.
The PICAXE (see Fig.1) drives four
relays via a ULN2803A Darlington
transistor array. Only four transistors
in the array are used. It includes
internal diodes to clip back-EMF
spikes when the relays are turned
off. A LED indicates when each relay
is energised.
Each relay switches a 1.5W 5W
resistor across a rechargeable cell to
provide a nominal discharge current
of around 800mA. The cells are then
discharged to a level of 0.9V whereupon the discharge load is disconnected. The discharge end-point can
be set in the software.
Relays were chosen because they
are cheap and provide low resistance switching. This is important
since the cell voltages are quite
low and any residual resistance in
the discharge circuit needs to be
minimised for the logging function
to be accurate. For the same reason,
the cell holders must be carefully
selected as they sometimes make
poor connections.
The 5V supply to the logger needs
to be regulated to ensure the reliability of the reference for the voltages
measured.
An LCD display by Revolution
Education was used. While both
the in and out lines were connected,
only the input to the LCD may be
needed. Other serial LCD displays
can be used but note that some
program changes may be necessary.
The main power switch is DPDT
with centre off. The power is on in
either position away from centre and
the other pole pair is used for selecting the logging function or transfer
of data to the PC.
Discharging is shut off at 900mV.
46 Silicon Chip
This is set in the ‘testbatt1’, ‘testbatt2’, etc, parts of the program.
To use the Discharger, move power switch S1 to “log”, put the cells
in and press reset button S2. The
logger records the initial cell voltage
before discharging is started. Press
start button S3 to initiate discharging. The unit will log the cell voltage
every minute while also monitoring
the voltage and when the cell voltage
falls below the set point (in testbatt1:
w3 >900), the relay is turned off and
the discharge of that particular cell
is complete. The final voltage before
the relay turns off is recorded as is
the voltage after the it is off. The
discharge current is about 600mA.
When all cells have been discharged and the final logging has
taken place, the EEPROM location of
the final data byte is recorded. This
gives the end point for the transfer of
data to the PC if that is to take place.
Logging will also be terminated
when 254 minutes has elapsed. If
it is desired to work with longer
times then a word value is needed
instead of byte or the logging period
needs to be changed. For example,
instead of every minute, go for every
2 or 5 minutes. This can be changed
through manipulation of the value
b2 is compared with in control: if
b2 =60 and the pause value in final:
pause 1000
Making both parameters greater
will give a longer logging period.
Alternatively, if the logging time is
found to be too short, two runs could
be performed and the results of the
second run appended to the first.
When logging is terminated automatically the time to discharge for
each cell is given.
The EEPROM is a 24LC256 which
has a capacity of 34k bytes, much
more than needed here but a 2500
limit is put on logging in case it tries
to go further. It has the capacity to
be expanded to accommodate much
more data using a word to count the
minutes logged. More data may not
be needed and also more data means
more to transfer and wade through.
Excel can have problems with too
much. So avoid data overload!
When the unit is switched off for
a few seconds and then on to the
transfer function, pressing the start
button and holding it for 3s will
bring up the discharge times for the
last operation. Pressing it again for a
couple of seconds or an initial brief
press will initiate the transfer of data
to the PC. Be sure to have the terminal window opened in the PICAXE
programmer software or a terminal
program like HyperTerminal open
(set to 4800 no parity 8 bits, 1 stop
bit). In the PICAXE software, only
the speed needs to be set.
Each data word transferred to
the PC is followed by a comma and
each set of four words is followed
by a carriage return or line feed.
This facilitates the delimiting of the
data, which is necessary for it to be
imported into Excel. Download will
stop when all data is sent. No error
detection or correction has been
used to keep it simple!
Once the data has been transferred, the most reliable way to get
it into Excel for graphing is to copy
the input buffer (easy in PICAXE
terminal) and paste it to Notebook.
Save and then open it with Excel.
On attempting to open it, Excel
will determine that the data is
delimited. On the first panel click
next and the second one will offer
you the choice as to how the data is
delimited. Select comma and click
next. You should then see your data
in four columns. Select finish and
your data will then be imported
into the standard Excel format. The
first row can be deleted – it has a
single character that was first sent
to initialise the transfer.
The second row has the final times
to discharge and the remainder of the
data is the times recorded every minute. You can then graph these: select
the spread of data you are interested
in and highlight. Click the graphing
icon on the toolbar, select the line
graph format, then the first line sub
type and then next. You should be
presented with a graph of your data
with four lines. You can tidy up the
legends, etc, as for normal graphing
and click finish.
Peter Shooter,
Fremantle, WA.
Note: the software (Cell logger.bas)
can be downloaded from the SILICON
CHIP website.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig:1: the cells are monitored using PICAXE microcontroller IC1 and this drives four relays (RLY1-RLY4) via a ULN2803A
Darlington transistor array (IC4). When activated, each relay switches a 1.5W 5W resistor across its corresponding cell to
provide a nominal discharge current of around 800mA. Discharging ceases once the cell voltage reaches 0.9V.
Peter S
h
is this m ooter
onth’s
winne
Peak At r of a
las
Instrum Test
ent
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 47
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Infrared light
beam relay
This circuit projects an infrared
beam across a doorway or path to enable passing traffic to be monitored.
The beam is switched at 20kHz using
an LM567 phase lock loop, IC1. This
drives transistor Q1, a BD140, which
in turn drives infrared LED1.
The infrared beam is reflected
back by any passer-by and sensed by
optotransistor Q2, connected in Darlington mode with Q3. In standby
state, with no IR being sensed by
Q2, IC1’s pin 8 output is high and
transistor Q4 is biased on by a 10kW
resistor. This pulls down the trigger input of 555 timer IC2 which is
wired here as a simple inverter to
drive relay relay RLY1. LED2 is a
standby indicator.
Novel neon flasher
has low current drain
This circuit was developed to
revive a now obsolete novelty, the
neon flasher. However, while past
neon flashers have been relaxation
oscillators with the neon being the
“relaxation” element, this circuit
uses a CMOS oscillator to drive a
Mosfet and transformer to flash a
neon at around 1Hz. The current
drain is low, at around 200mA (depending on brightness) from a 9V
supply.
IC1a is a 1Hz oscillator with a long
duty cycle, by virtue of diode D1 in
series with the 1kW resistor and VR1.
IC1b inverts the pulse signal and
feeds it to Mosfet Q1 which thus has
a very short duty cycle. Q1 drives a
12V relay coil or similar inductor
(L1) to develop a train of large positive pulses. This pulse train is then
fed to the neon lamp and a parallel
48 Silicon Chip
8
9
12
When the infrared beam is reflected by a passer-by, it is sensed by
phototransistor Q2 and IC1’s output
at pin 8 goes low and turns off Q4.
This causes IC2’s output at pin 3 to
go low and turn on the relay. This
condition is maintained as long
as the reflected IR signal is being
received.
T. K. Hareendran,
Kerala, India. ($40)
IC1c
D
BUZ71
10
L1
D2
47k
IC1d
G
11
D
13
1
9–12V
BATTERY
D1
220 F
16V
2
A
K
14
3
IC1a
1k
6.8M
5
VR1
100k
Q1
BUZ71
S
6
IC1b
4
1k
G
7
IC1: 4093B
A
K
D
S
NEON
LAMP
100nF
400V
470nF
D1: 1N4148
A
K
100nF capacitor via diode D2.
Interestingly, there is no diode
across L1 which would normally be
there to protect Q1 against the large
positive spikes. In this circuit, we
do not want any clipping. Instead
the peak voltage at the drain of Q1
is ultimately limited by the neon
D2: 1N4007
A
K
itself, to a voltage between 60V and
90V, depending on the on-time set
by VR1. Hence, Q1 must be able to
withstand relatively high voltages,
which is why a BUZ71 or similar
high voltage Mosfet is specified.
Thomas Scarborough,
Cape Town, South Africa. ($50)
siliconchip.com.au
BACK TO SCHOOL
BACK TO WORK
WATER MANAGEMENT KITS
PIC Based Water Tank Level Meter Kit
Ref Silicon Chip November 2007
This PIC-based unit uses a pressure sensor to
monitor water level and will display
tank level at the press of a
button. The kit can be expanded
to include an optional wireless
remote display panel that can
monitor up to ten separate tanks
(KC-5461) or you can add a
wireless remote controlled mains
power switch (KC-5462) to control
remote water pumps. Kit includes
Cat. KC-5460
electronic components, case, screen
$99.95
printed PCB, and pressure sensor.
Telemetry Base Station
for Water Tank Level Meter
Ref Silicon Chip January 2008
This Base Station is intended for use with the
telemetry version of the KC-5460 water tank level
meter. It has an inbuilt 433MHz
wireless receiver and can
handle data transmissions
from up to 10 level
meters and display the
results on a 2-line 32Cat. KC-5461
character LCD module. Kit
includes electronic components, case, $79.95
screen printed PCB and RF module.
UHF Remote Controlled Mains Switch
Ref Silicon Chip February 2008
Commercial remote control mains switches are
available but these are generally limited to a range
of less than 20m. This UHF system will operate
up to 200m and is perfect for remote power
control systems etc. The switch can be activated
using the included hand held controller or our
KC-5460 water tank level
sensor base station. Kit
supplied with case, screen
printed PCB, RF modules
and all electronic
components.
Cat. KC-5462
$99.95
PIR Controlled Mains
Power Switch
Ref Silicon Chip February 2008
You’ve seen those lights fitted with PIR detectors
that turn on when someone approaches. Well now
you can do the same thing with just about any
mains powered device you like including security
systems, decorative lighting, fountain pumps or
even commercial advertising etc. The system uses
a standard PIR to safely turn on 240VAC mains
device(s) for an adjustable pre-set
period. Kit supplied with
case, screen printed PCB,
and all electronic
components.
Cat. KC-5455
$79.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Low Cost DMM
This is a full featured meter with
plug-in 4mm probes AND transistor
tester. It is an ideal first multimeter
and will give years of faithful service.
Specifications:
DC Voltage: 200mV to 1000V
c
Fantaseti
DC Amps: 200uA to 10A
Pric
AC Volts: 200V to 750V
Cat. QM-1500
Resistance: 200 ohm to 2M ohms
$7.95
Size: 125(H) x 68(W) x 23(D)mm
Temperature Controlled
Soldering Station
An effective yet simple soldering station that
features a ceramic heating element to provide
precise temperature control. The soldering
iron weighs just 45g which makes it Cat. TS-1560
ideal for comfortable long term use.
$99.00
General Specifications:
Temperature Range 200 - 480°C
Power consumption 60W
Operating voltage
240VAC
Control unit 140mm long
Voice Reductions
These compact recorders are packed with features
to suit students, real estate agents and executives.
Both supplied with driver, editing
software and USB interface lead.
8hr Digital Voice Recorder
with USB interface
SAVE
$30.00
• 8 hours recording time
• Requires 2 x AAA batteries
• Built in flash memory
Cat. XC-0255
Was $99.95
$69.95
18hr Digital Voice Recorder
• 9hrs in high quality mode and
18hrs in short play mode
SAVE
• ‘Plug & play' technology
$50.00
• 8 folders to organise your
recorded messages
Cat. XC-0256
• MP3/WMA player
• USB storage device
$149.95
• Requires 2 x AAA batteries
Was $199.95
7" LCD In-Car TV with Remote
Featuring a motorised 7" TFT LCD screen, this unit
fits into a standard automotive DIN opening and
takes two extra video inputs and an input for a
reversing camera. It also has composite video and
audio output. Ideal for the caravan, motor home,
or yacht.
• Screen size: 7"
• Display format: 16 x 9
• Resolution: 480 x 234 pixels
• Includes
Cat. QM-3782
analogue tuner
for free-to-air TV $299.00
Uninterruptible Power
Supply
Guard your computer and peripherals from the
shortfalls of mains power and interuptions. This
UPS protects against low/over voltage, surges,
short circuits and power overloads. The battery
power, load, input/output voltage is displayed on an
easy to read orange backlit LCD.
• 3 mains sockets
• Microprocessor control for high
reliability
• Telephone/Fax/Modem
protection
• Dimensions: 324(L) x
155(H) x 95(D)mm
• 650VA
NEW
MP-5206 1500VA
version also available
$319.00
Cat. MP-5204
$149.00
Our Newcastle store has moved to
bigger & better premises at:
230 Maitland Road
Newcastle West 2302
Ph 4965-3799
Come along and check it out.
AWESOME Subwoofer
This new Response Precision subwoofer truly
sound as good as it looks! Ideal for reverse
installation with the basket displayed.
• Size: 10"
• Power Handling: 250WRMS
• Impedance: 4 Ohms
• SPL <at> 1Watt: 84dB
For full specs, see website.
12” version also available
CS-2354 $249.00
Cat. CS-2352
$199.00
Better. More Technical
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
1
CLEARANCE
100mm (4") LED Wall Clock
iRecorder - iPod® Voice Recorder
Adaptor
Turn your iPod® into a personal digital
voice recorder. Ideal for memos,
lectures, interviews, or conversations.
Simply plug this recorder to your
iPod®. You can even copy recordings
to your desktop or notebook.
• Supports iPod® Generation 1, 2, 3,
and 4
Cat. XC-0253
SAVE
Was $49.95
$29.95
iPod® not included.
This incredibly flat and light QWERTY
keyboard includes wakeup, sleep and power
functions so you can power down your
computer from the touch of a key.
Change the inclination with the two
stands that are discreetly
tucked away on
the sides.
NEW
Cat. AR-2069
SAVE
$7.00
iPod® not included.
Cat. XC-5146
$9.95
iPod Shuffle or MP3 Player
Active Tripod Speaker
®
Run Your Laptop Computer
from Your Car's Battery
Delivers stereo sound and runs for
10 hours on one battery.
• Folds away to a tiny 30 x
140mm cylinder
• Requires 1 x AAA battery
Was $39.95
Cat. XC-5159
SAVE
$20.00
$19.95
Secret Spy Message Pen
& Shredder Set
Arrange clandestine meetings or just pass secret
messages to your buddies at school. This intriguing
set includes an invisible ink pen,
a normal pen, mini shredder,
and a special lamp
to reveal your
hidden instructions.
• Batteries included.
Was $16.95
Cat. ST-3105
SAVE
$7.00
$9.95
Electronic Dictionary
Knows 50,000, words and will help you
understand practically any word you are likely to
read. Features:
• Flexible keyboard
SAVE
• Ten digit calculator
$10.00
• Alarm clock
• Lists the words you
have looked up
• Size 75(W) x
135(H) x
12(D)mm
• Keyboard
thickness is just
1mm
Cat. XC-0185
• Uses 1 x CR2032
Was $29.95
$19.95
Solar Powered Calculator
with 3 Port USB Hub
A combination of a full-featured
calculator, numeric keypad for
laptops and a 3 port USB 2.0
hub. Requires Windows ME
or later.
Cat. XC-4846
Was $29.95
2
$99.00
Black QWERTY USB
Keyboard
Fit your iPod® Nano into this compact,
lightweight holder, hang it round your
neck and plug-in the neatly stored
headphones for true hands free sound.
Was $19.95
$19.95
A terrific introduction to the microscopic world
of nature. This excellent microscope works
with your computer and displays the camera
output on your computer monitor.
Up to 130 x magnification. USB
powered. Approx.
150mm tall.
Cat. QC-3244
$20.00
iPod® Nano Neck Strap
with Earphones
$12.95
A wall-mounted clock that can easily be seen
across the room, day or
night. It comes with a
remote control to adjust
the time after the clock
has been wall mounted.
It can be powered with
the supplied plugpack or with 6 x
AA batteries (use SB-2425).
Cat. AR-1785
• Dimensions: 334(W) x 188(H) x
$49.95
44(D)mm
USB Digital Microscope Camera
System with 130 x Magnification
SAVE
$10.00
This compact laptop computer power supply will
deliver up to 6A <at> 20VDC and is supplied with a
range of adaptors to suit most
Cat. MP-3467
computers. It is
$57.95
ideal for running
laptops in cars or
trucks or anywhere
there is a 12V car cigarette
lighter socket.
Unwired Wireless
Modem Antenna Booster
This high-gain antenna replaces the existing 'rabbit
ear' on your Unwired
Cat. AR-3274
broadband modem and
boosts the signal to
$119.95
improve coverage. It can
also improve
performance in difficult
areas. Simple and
effective.
Computer and modem
not included.
USB DVD Maker
Turn your VHS video tapes into exciting video
productions or record
live video straight
to your DVD or CD
burner. Editing
software lets you
add effects as well
as sound tracks and
Cat. XC-4809
titles to your work.
• Requires PC with suitable burner.
$99.00
D.I.Y. KITS
Audio Playback Adaptor
for CD-ROM Drives
Refer Silicon Chip Magazine November 2007
Put those old CD-ROM drives to good use as CD
players using this nifty adaptor kit.
The adaptor accepts signals
from common TV remote
controls and operates the
audio functions of the drive as
easily as you would control a
normal CD player. Kit
features a double sided PCB,
Cat. KC-5459
pre-programmed micro controller, and
$64.95
IDC connectors for the display panel.
USB Experimenter's Interface Kit
Interface your computer to the real world.
There are five digital and two variable Cat. KV-3600
gain analogue inputs. Eight digital and
$69.95
two analogue outputs are
available. Supplied with all
components, silk
screened PCB, assembly
manual, and software.
Miniature Digital Video Cameras
Spoil yourself with these fantastic digital video cameras that fit into the palm of your hand. Sensational value.
QC-3230 3.1MP
• 3.1 mega pixel software resolution for stills
• 32MB built in memory.
SAVE
• 1.5" LCD Colour Flip-out Screen
$90.00
• 4 x Digital Zoom for still photo
capture
• Playback on TV
• Built-in speaker
• Self Timer
• SD/MMC memory expansion
• Requires 2 x AA
batteries
Cat. QC-3230
Was $179.00
$89.00
Better. More Technical
QC-3234 6.6MP
• 16MB internal memory
• Accepts SD / MMC cards
• 1.5" colour TFT
rotatable screen
• Video recording
with sound
• Still shots
• PC camera
• MP3 player
• Requires 4 x AAA
batteries
Cat. QC-3234
Was $299.00
SAVE
$150.00
$149.00
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
THANKS FOR THE MEMORIES
These are a fantastic way to show off your digital images or movies. You can have multiple images in a slide show, a single image, or thumbnails.
You can also play a backing music track or show video clips.
7" Video Picture Frame
with AV input
10" Electronic Photo Frame
10.4" Wooden Frame Bluetooth Enabled
• QM-3768 Black acrylic
Specifications:
• Resolution: 480 x 234 pixels
• Supports SM, SD, XD, MS & MMC
card formats
• Supports MPEG1,
SAVE
MPEG2, MPEG4, JPEG
$50.00
• Power supply: 12VDC
Was $299.00
• White Acrylic
• Power adaptor included
Specifications:
• Resolution: 480 x 234 pixels
• Supports SM, SD, XD, MS &
MMC card formats
• Supports MPEG1, MPEG2,
MPEG4, JPEG
• Power supply: 12VDC
NEW
12.1" Black Acrylic
• Resolution: 640 x 480
• Accepts CF, SD, XD, MMC and MS
cards
• Supports JPEG, MBP, AVI, motionJPEG, MPEG1, MPEG4, MP3, & WMA
• Calendar and clock functions
• Resolution: 640 x 480
• Supports SM, SD, XD, MS & MMC
cards
• Supports: MPEG1, MPEG2, JPEG,
MPEG4, MP3, WMA, Divx/Xvid
Cat. QM-3774
$349.95
Cat. QM-3767
$349.00
Cat. QM-3768
$249.00
Cat. QM-3765
$179.00
USB Hub Traffic Light
with Recorder
In addition to being a 4-port USB 2.0 hub,
this little gizmo also records and plays
back up to 10 seconds of speech to store
a short reminder. Turn your traffic lights to
red when you want to be left alone, green
when you feel sociable, or amber when you
want to procrastinate.
Cat. GE-4099
• Base 65 x 65mm
• 125mm high
$14.95
Relaxing, tension relieving massage
for your back! Just attach to a high
backed chair and let one of the 3
programmable settings soothe
away those aches and pains.
Comes with PSU
Cat. GH-1762
and control pad.
Exercise within safe limits and monitor your work
out with this handy heart rate monitor. It has
normal watch functions plus a heart rate monitor
that logs current, average and maximum heart
rate.
• Time & date
• Alarm
• Back light
Cat. XC-0269
• Stopwatch
• 30m water resistant
$39.95
Desk Mounted Magnifier
Light
Cat. QM-3525
$99.95
Internet Radio with Clock
This Internet radio works via your existing
broadband connection to give you world wide
access to the streaming audio being broadcast by
radio stations across the globe. The radio works in
conjunction with the Reciva web site and lets you
pick and choose what is sent to your radio and
when.
Cat. YN-8079
• 200mm wide
$269.95
$119.00
Pulse Sonic® Heart
Rate Monitor Watch
High quality all metal
frame construction with
a magnifying lens and
weighted base. Perfect
for office or hobby use.
• Includes a 22 watt
circular light
• 240 volt mains adaptor
Shiatsu Massaging
Cushion
NEW
NEW
Mobile iPod® & MP3
Player Speakers
SAVE
$10.00
This nifty little unit is compatible
to iPods®, MP3, players,
portable CD players,
laptops and PC's etc. It
folds into a compact
90mm x 65mm x 60m box
and weighs only 177g.
Was $29.95
Colour Weather Station
with Digital Photo Viewer
Cat. XC-5186
iPod not included
®
$19.95
Home Theatre
Power Board
Comprehensive protection for your
home theatre system! Mains
power surge protection and
filtering is provided on all mains
outlets. Overload protection via
the in-built circuit breaker. The
power board also includes
protection for telephone, network
data connection, satellite/cable TV
video and TV aerials connections.
Cat. MS-4024
One display shows up to 50
photos or a simple weather
image while the other shows
indoor/outdoor temperatures,
humidity, barometric pressure on
colourful bargraphs as well as
clock, calendar and moon phase
functions.
• Single image or slideshow
• Unit measures 70(L) x 55(W) x
200(H)mm
• Mains adaptor included or can
stand alone using 3 x AAA
batteries
• Wireless RF transmitter: 75m
range
$59.95
Cat. XC-0344
$129.95
NEW BLUETOOTH CAPABILITY
Tiny Bluetooth Adaptor
Don't be fooled by its tiny
size. Has all the functions
of larger adaptors but
will sit almost unnoticed
in your notebook's USB
Cat. XC-4892
port. Just 23mm long,
including the USB
$39.95
connector.
Bluetooth Boom Box
Play your MP3s wirelessly
on this excellent powered
speaker system. Can also
be used with wired audio
devices.
• Function range: 10m
• Dimensions: 380(L) x 160(H) x 190(D)mm
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Stereo Bluetooth Adaptor
Cat. AR-1856
$149.95
Add Bluetooth capability to
virtually any audio output
device. Just connect your
iPod®, mobile phone, CD player, etc.
to the Bluetooth adaptor and you can transmit
stereo audio signals wirelessly.
Cat. AR-1854
• Functional range up to 10 metres
Better. More Technical
$69.95
3
18W Soldering Iron
This iron is perfect for precise soldering of
delicate components. It offers rapid heat up,
instant recovery, a stainless steel barrel and
iron clad chrome plated long life
interchangeable tip.
Cat. TS-1551
$34.95
45 Watt Goot Soldering Iron
This is a quality Japanese made temperature
controlled iron. It has a ceramic heating
element to provide excellent heat recovery.
Also features a silicon covered power cable.
Cat. TS-1430
$59.95
Cat. HB-6352
Here at Jaycar Electronics we are firmly
committed to supporting young people and
helping them achieve their goal of following a
electrical trade or engineering career.
The joint Australian Federal Government and
the Australian Apprenticeship initiative also
supports this and provides an allowance of up
to $800 (including GST) for qualified
participants to purchase 'Tools for your Trade'.
$49.00
4.8 Volt Cordless
Screwdriver
Cat II Autoranging DMM
The driver has a comfortable pistol grip that gives
you maximum control and allows
your fingers to fall naturally on
the forward/reverse control
switch. The driver also
has a bright LED
lamp, a magnetic bit
holder, and a handy
security strap. There is even a
Cat. TD-2498
handy LED battery level.
$19.95
• Voltage: 4.8V
This Cat II DMM is suitable
for voltages up to 600VAC
and has 15mm high digits
for easy measurement.
Features include overload
protection, 10A AC & DC
current, diode check, data
hold,& backlit display.
50W Temperature Controlled
Soldering Station
Temperature adjustable
up to 450° with tip
cleaner and
lightweight 50W
iron.
Tools for
Aluminium Attaché Case
A high quality aluminium case supplied with tool
pallet which can be removed if not required. Lid
includes a document holder and the padded case
includes 5 dividers
that can be
rearranged or
removed. Lockable
and includes two
keys.
• 450(W) x 320(D) x
145(H)mm
Cat. QM-1524
$19.95
Auto Ranging
RS-232 DMM
Solder Paste 80g Syringe
Ideal for surface mount work and rework, solder
paste provides a quick and easy soldering solution.
Supplied in a syringe for easy application.
Eliminates the need for clumsy resin core solder
with fine circuits.
Cat. TS-1620
$49.95
SMD Soldering Iron
These surface mount soldering tweezers will allow
easy soldering and desoldering of all surface mount
components from small resistors to large
'flat pack' IC's. The iron
is mains powered
and features rapid
heat recovery. It is
supplied with 2 x 2mm
tips and a metal stand
with sponge. SAA
Cat. TS-1700
Approved. Larger tips
to 20mm are available.
$99.95
Cat. NS-3037
$29.95
Attractive double moulded
case design with handy probe
holders. Features a blue
backlit screen and an optical
RS-232 computer interface to
store measurements on your
computer for later analysis.
• Please see our website or
catalogue for full
specifications.
Cat. QM-1538
• Contains lead
$49.95
Aluminium Desolder Tool
This metal desolder tool has the strongest
suction we've ever seen in this type of tool.
Features include:
• One hand operation
Cat. TH-1862
• Automatic cleaning
$15.75
• Total length - 195mm
Soldering Iron Tip Cleaner
Keep your iron tip clean and healthy. No wet
sponge, and a rubber base to keep it where you
need it.
• Static safe
• Suitable for lead-free solders
• Supplied with spare insert
• Measures 60(dia) x 58(H)mm
Cat. TS-1510
Lead Free Solder
Works just as well as ordinary solder but
contains no harmful lead. Supplied on a 45gm
roll with handy cover and available in two sizes.
NS-3082: 0.8mm dia.
NS-3084: 1.0mm dia.
Multifunction ESD Safe
Soldering Station
Features a soldering pencil and a hot blower
for rework
applications. Both
have adjustable
temperature and
air flow is
adjustable.
$12.95
Goot Desolder Braid
High quality Goot brand "Gootwick", made in Japan.
Contains wash-free RMA flux and conforms to
MIL-F-14256F.
• Supplied in plastic reels.
• 1.5 metres long
• Three widths available 1.5mm, 2.0mm, 3.0mm.
Cat. TS-1570
$299.00
Cat. NS-3082
$15.95
4
Cat. NS-3084
$15.95
Cat. NS-3026
See our website for full details.
Better. More Technical
$4.95
Cat. NS-3027
$4.95
Cat. NS-3028
$4.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Your Trade
The employer of eligible Australian
Apprentices receives a voucher to the value of
$800 which can be presented to any Jaycar
store. Bring your voucher in and our staff will
be happy to help you find the best tools for
your trade. For more information visit
www.toolsforyourtrade.com.au
Precision Screwdriver
Set
This precision screwdriver
set consists of 3
Flathead and 3
Phillips head
drivers, and is
supplied with a
handy stand to house
your
investment. Cat. TD-2017
$11.50
IP67 Rated DMM for
Harsh Environments
This DMM can be taken places
where the others can't go. IP67
rated, it can survive harsh
environments and will resist the
ingress of fines everywhere
from the dusty, dirty outback to
any filthy warehouse in the big
smoke.
• See website or catalogue for
full specifications.
7 Piece Screwdriver Set 1000 Volt Rated
High quality, bright red drivers you can find
easily. Insulated right to the tip and rated to
1000V. Includes Phillips and slotted drivers.
Cat. TD-2022
$19.95
Autoranging DMM With USB
Datalogging Interface
The USB interface is much
simpler than older RS-232 serial
connections and offers plug &
play setup and reliable data
logging capability. You still get
the vast array of features you
expect from a high end DMM
including large, easy to read
display and temperature
readings for both ambient
temperature and the probe
temperature
Cat. QM-1462
reading.
$139.95
100 pc Driver Bit Set
This must be the ultimate
driver bit set. It includes
just about every type of bit
you could imagine - even
one for wing nuts!
110mm Precision Side Cutters
These cutters are precision ground and are perfect
for cutting super fine wire as well as for general
workshop use. The insulated handles are
spring loaded for effortless use.
• 110mm long
• Blade hardness:
Cat. TH-2332
Rockwell C
Scale 57~61
$24.95
• Soft grip
handle
110mm Precision Long Nose Pliers
These are the perfect companion for our TH-2332
precision side cutters and are made to the same
exacting specifications. They also feature sturdy
box joint construction and will last for
many years. The insulated
handles are spring loaded
for effortless
Cat. TH-2334
use.
$24.95
Automatic Wire Stripper
A great way to strip all sorts of
cable without damaging the
conductors.
• Automatically adjusts to
insulation diameter
• One hand operation
• Spring return
New h
it
Model Gwuard
Finger
Cat. TH-1824
Cat. QM-1541
$18.95
Cat. TD-2038
$99.95
$16.95
10 MHz Single Trace Cathode
Ray Oscilloscope (CRO)
This entry-level oscilloscope is
ideal for the tradesman or
advanced hobbyist who is
working with audio
equipment or other low
frequency applications.
PVC Insulation Tape
High quality insulation tape for general electrical
use. Available in white, red, blue, black, grey, or
yellow/green on a 20m roll
• Self-Extinguished within 2 seconds
• Voltage breakdown: 8.0kV
Cat. NM-2852
$1.25
Cat. QC-1920
$155.00
PCB Etching Kit
An ideal kit for anyone needing to etch a
circuit board - complete with an assortment of
double-sided copper boards, etchant,
working bath and tweezers.
It also includes a positive
acting photosensitive PCB
and developer. See
web site for full list
of inclusions.
Adjustable Holesaws
An excellent cutter designed to cut plaster board
and ceiling tiles. Features calibrated hole size
adjustment. Two sizes available 62 to 177mm
and 158 to 264mm (TD-2522).
Cat. TD-2520
$69.95
$24.95
Drill not included
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Adel Nibbling Tool
The best hand nibbler going around. Ideal
for chassis-bashing and all sorts of hobby
applications. Cut, notch or trim simple or
complex shaped holes in
plastics, laminates,
leather or metal.
• Capacity:
• Mild steel: 1.2mm
Cat. TH-1765
• Aluminium: 1.6mm
$59.95
• Plastics: 2mm
• Punch to suit sold
separately TH-1767 $44.95
Component Lead Forming
Tool
This handy forming tool
provides uniform hole spacing
from 10 to 38mm. Made in
USA from engineering plastic.
• 138mm long
Cat. TH-1810
Cat. HG-9990
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Fujiya Precision Tools
$6.95
Better. More Technical
5
SECURITY SAVINGS
Digital Video Recorder with Dome and
Waterproof IR Cameras
This system turns any standard TV or monitor into
a 4 channel multiplexer. It can display a single
camera view, or multiple combinations of different
camera views including one or two picture-inpicture or automatic sequencing. The cameras are
waterproof and have infrared illumination so they
can see in the dark. Adjustable brightness,
contrast, hue, saturation and sharpness
The system includes:
1 x Quad video processor
4 x QC-3096 CMOS colour I/R bullet cameras
4 x 20m camera connecting cables (video & power)
Cat. QV-3083
$1190.00
2.4GHz Baby Monitor with LCD
Screen & IR Colour Camera
Has a specially designed indoor colour CMOS
camera and hand-held LCD monitor, that enables
you to monitor your home, children or elderly
residents even when it gets dark. Link the monitor
to a VCR to record what the camera captures or link
it to a TV that has the 'Picture-in-Picture’ feature to
keep an eye on the baby while you watch your
favourite TV show.
• 2.4 inch colour TFT-LCD screen
• Can work with up to 4 cameras
• 10 IR LED illuminator
• Hi-Res colour CMOS camera
• 4 channel selection
• Low power consumption
• 2 x PSU included
• Monitor measures 65(L) x110(H)x
23(W)mm
• Spare camera QC-3259
$99.95
NEW
Cat. QC-3258
$199.00
Pro 8 Channel MPEG-4 DVR
with GPRS Support
A complete professional surveillance installation
with sophisticated monitoring and recording
functions.
• Including network connect, DVD burner, MPEG4
compression, and 250GB HDD. Crystal clear
image clarity with minimal disk consumption.
• 432mm wide.
Was $1399.00
Includes
SAVE
$100.00
Cat. QV-3088
250GB HDD
$1299.00
See website for full specifications and range.
Cat. QC-3492
$149.00
SAVE
$50.00
Emergency 12V Lighting
Controller
Refer Silicon Chip Magazine January 2008
Automatically supplies power for 12V emergency
lighting during a blackout. The system has its own
7.5Ah SLA battery which is maintained via an
external smart charger. Includes manual override
and over-discharge protection for the battery. Kit
supplied with all electronic components, screen
printed PCB, front panel and
case. Charger
and SLA battery
available
separately.
NEW
This camera is housed in a robust aluminum case
and carries an IP57 rating. The Sony® Super HAD
sensor and the camera's 102 infrared LEDs enable
the system to 'see' up to 50 metres in total
darkness. Features
include:
• 1/3" Super HAD
CCD sensor
• 480 TV line
resolution
• 12mm lens
Was $499.00
SAVE
Cat. QC-3381
$449.00
6
$50.00
ALARM BELLS
116db Car Alarm Siren
This in-car siren is so loud that intruders will
have difficulty staying
inside your car while the
alarm is sounding.
• 12VDC <at> 200mA.
Piezo Siren
Black in colour, supplied with mounting
bracket and connecting cable.
• Size 100mm H (from
mounting bracket to top)
• Resonant freq: 3kHz
• Sound output: 120dB
• Current drain: 300mA
Cat. LA-5258
$29.95
5" Round Horn Speaker
Fully weatherproof. Unique voice
coil construction ensures high
dependability on full drive.
• Suitable for PA, intercom,
security systems etc
• 8 ohm
• 10 Watt
Cat. AS-3180
IR Door or Perimeter
Entrance Alert
The perfect electronic door alert device.
• Infrared beam with 20m range
• High/ Medium /Low sound levels
• Wide angle
operation
• Requires 2 x 9V
batteries
Cat. LA-5184
IP57 Pro Outdoor Colour Camera with
Sony Super HAD CCD Sensor
NEW
$17.50
$69.95
A water resistance rating to IP57 makes this
camera ideal for exposed outdoor applications
and immersion in water up to 1m for 30
minutes. 120mm
long. Operates
down to 0-lux with
12 infrared LEDs.
• 330 line resolution
• Infrared night vision
Was $199.00
Cordon off hazardous areas or
create an unmistakable marker
with this heavy duty PVC tape.
The vivid red and white
colouring will draw anyone's
attention to the barrier.
Cat. NM-2864
• Width: 50mm
• Thickness: 0.18mm $12.95
• 33m roll
• Raw material: PVC film, rubber-based adhesive
• Colour: Red/White
Cat. LA-5255
Cat. KC-5456
Day/Night Colour CCD Camera
(IP57 Rated)
Heavy-duty PVC Tape
$14.95
Wireless Solar Bellbox
with Siren and Strobe
This siren/strobe combination
includes an integrated solar panel
to charge a 6V SLA battery and
uses wireless RF technology to
communicate with an ordinary
alarm panel. Wireless receiver
included. SLA battery
available separately. Cat. LA-5307
$199.00
$39.95
External Alarm Strobe
Light - Blue
Designed to be mounted on siren
covers or other exposed
locations to provide a
visible indication of the
alarm condition. Red or
amber versions also
available.
Cat. LA-5302
$24.50
Better. More Technical
Surveillance System
Consisting of a 5” B&W monitor, two operating and
two dummy cameras, the system is quick and easy
to install. The monitor also
houses an automatic
switcher with
adjustable
dwell
time.
Cat. QC-3446
$149.00
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
IT’S NOT ALL ABOUT WORK...
SHOCKING SAVINGS
Electric Shock Reaction Game
This is the ultimate test in
speed and concentration.
You don't want to be the
"last man" standing when
you play this game or
you'll cop a mild electric
shock.
• Suitable for ages
14+
Was $34.95
As seen
on TV
Cat. GH-1095
SAVE
$10.00
$24.95
Shocking Alarm Clock
This will get you out of bed of
a morning. Risk a mild electric
shock when you turn the alarm
off. Requires 2 x AA
batteries.
SAVE
• Suitable for
$5.00
ages 14yrs+
• Measures 90(dia) x
50(D)mm
Cat. GH-1109
Was $19.95
REMOTE CONTROL ENTHUSIASTS
Mobile Missile Launcher
Remote controlled
battle tanks that fire
foam missiles with a
range of about 4
metres, and
can even fire
full
automatic.
Charger and
10 foam rockets
included. Two models available so you can
fight your friends. Approx 320mm long.
SAVE
• GT-3220: 27MHz
$10.00
• GT-3222: 40MHz
Each
• Suitable for ages 8+
$ 59.95
Was $69.95
Remote Control Ferraris
$14.95
Shocking Autopsy Game
SAVE
Remove the various weapons
$10.00
from the body without touching
the injury area. Make a slip and
you get a mild shock. Turn the
shock function off and he'll just
scream instead.
• 1 - 4 players
• Suitable for ages 14+
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries
Cat. GH-1108
Was $29.95
$19.95
Drive a Ferrari Today!
These 1/10 scale factory endorsed Ferrari replicas
will amaze you. The detail is fantastic. They have
operating (LED) headlights and tail lights and
independent front and rear suspension. The best
finished model cars we have ever seen.
• Remotes included
• Supplied with rechargeable battery pack and
mains charger
• Suitable for ages 10yrs+
• 4 models available
GT-3210
GT-3211
While stocks last. All models
GT-3212
not available all stores.
GT-3214
Was
$69.95
Factor
Endorsey
d
Each
$59.95
NEW
Cat. GT-3213
$24.95
A series of do-it-yourself experiments to
acquire the basic knowledge
of solar energy.
• Includes Solar cell module,
musical unit, plastic lamp,
motor accessories and
plastic adaptors.
$24.95
USB Roll-up Drum Kit
• Dimensions:
340(W) x
250(H)mm
Cat. GE-4092
$49.95
153 Experiments in Electricity
and Magnetism Kit
Learn all the basic
principles
behind
electricity. 153
different
experiments
require only a 9V
battery or no
power at all.
• Ages 9+
• Requires 9V
battery: SB-2423
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
SAVE
$10.00
IR Remote Control Horse Racing Game
Run your own Melbourne Cup. Playing cash is also
included. Pick a horse and try to win. Track
measures 1200(L) x 600(W)mm. Spare horses
available separately.
• Horses & remotes require 2 x AA batteries each
Was $99.95
No Hors
Flu Heree
Cat. GT-3240
$79.95
SAVE
$20.00
KITS FOR KIDS
Deluxe Solar Educational Kit
Cat. KJ-6694
Eight different drum sounds from African to
jazz and dozens of different rhythm patterns.
You can also record and play back your
grooves for later playback.
We have two fantastic licensed 1:18 scale models
to race with. The inside wheel locks up when you
execute a turn to enable a skid and the full function
remote control has sound effects. Each car comes
with a rechargeable Ni-Cd battery pack and
plugpack charger.
• Suitable for ages 12+
Each
• Two models available:
$59.95
• GT-3250 Mazda RX-8 27MHz
• GT-3252 Subaru Impreza WRX 40MHz
• Remote control requires 3 X AA batteries
Was
$69.95
SAVE
$10.00
Desktop F430 Ferrari
This 1/64th scale F430 Ferrari has rear
wheel drive and adjustable steering
bias to ensure a straight and smooth
ride. It's finished in Ferrari red and is
sure to be a conversation starter.
• Remote control 100(L) x 25(W) x
53(H)mm
• Requires 6 x AA batteries
• Recharges from display base
Drift RC Rechargeable Cars
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. KJ-8835
$39.95
Antworks Ant Farm
with Illuminated Base
This combined ant farm and
illuminated base will keep
you fascinated for hours. The
special gel is full of nutrients
especially formulated to
promote healthy growth in
your ant colony.
• Tank approx 165mm wide
• Mains adaptor included
Cat. GH-1231
$49.95
H-Racer Hydrogen Car with
Solar Refuelling Station
See the future today!
All you need is water and sunshine. This palm-sized car has
an on-board hydrogen storage tank, a fuel
cell system connected to the
car's electric motor,
and a hydrogen
refueling system
linking the car's
storage tank to the
solar-powered
T e
Magazim
ine To
refueling station.
o
f
th
e Ye y
Cat. KT-2529
• Dimensions: 165(L) x
-2006 ar
$179.95
70(W)mm
Better. More Technical
7
AUTOMOTIVE
SIGHT & SOUND
Variable Boost Kit for Turbochargers
It's a very simple
circuit with only a few
components to modify
the factory boost
levels. It works by
intercepting the boost
signal from the car's
engine management
computer and modifying the duty cycle of the
solenoid signal. Kit supplied in short
Cat. KC-5438
form with PCB and overlay, and all
$19.95
specified electronic components.
SHADOW 3-Point Engine
Immobilising Car Alarm
Wireless MP3 Modulator
$199.00
Cat. GE-4030
$34.95
NEW
This versatile monitor connects to any of
our rear view cameras and will help make
reversing safer for you and your family by giving
you an unobstructed view of the area behind your
vehicle. The monitor can also act as a hands free
unit for your Bluetooth enabled phone or it can be
connected to in-car DVD or other
Cat. QM-3763
entertainment systems.
$299.00
• 2 composite
video inputs
• Built-in caller id
• Remote control
included
NEW
Hassle-free sharing of audio and video signals all
over the house without the inconvenience and
cost of running wires.
This powerful 5.8GHz
SAVE
$50.00
sender will ensure crystal
clear reception.
• Not ACA approved
• 5.8GHz operation
• Extra receivers
available
Cat. AR-1840
Was $249.00
$119.00
Bluetooth Rear Vision
Mirror LCD Monitor
Catch local digital TV broadcasts with
crystal clear reception
and audio quality.
Rechargeable
battery, plugpack,
headphones, car
adaptor and AV
lead included.
• Resolution: 480
x 234 pixels
• A/V decoding: MPEG2
Cat. QM-3775
• Dimensions: 135(L) x 85(H) x
$299.00
30(D)mm
Watch Foxtel All Over The House
This high quality fully featured engine
immobilising car alarm is made
to and has passed the
latest Australian and
New Zealand Standards.
Includes code hopping
remotes.
Cat. LA-8970
Use any ordinary USB flash drive to
store your favourite MP3 files
and play them through
your car's FM radio.
TFT 3.5" Portable LCD Digital TV
A PA system in a box. 3
channels with balanced and
unbalanced inputs, RCA inputs
for an auxiliary source. The ideal
small PA for schools, sports
organisations, churches,
weddings, conferences or solo
acts.
Cat. CS-2517
• 12" speaker
$399.00
• 2 channel equaliser
• Line level RCA inputs
• Tough moulded enclosure
• Balanced and unbalanced line outs
• 200WRMS power output
• Dimensions: 600(H) x 410(W) x 325(D)mm
This simple amplifier features a stripline-type
high-gain RF transistor and provides up to 15dB
gain over the bandwidth of 50-1000MHz. This
covers all T.V., FM, marine and aircraft VHF as
well as Police, mobile phone etc. Kit includes
screen printed PCB
and all electronic
components
• Operates on
6-18V.
Keep a spare or replace a broken
garage door remote with this
latest version of the most
common transmitter in use in
Australia/New Zealand today.
• Operates on 27MHz
Cat. KG-9002
Cat. LR-8827
$19.95
$59.95
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Australia Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02)
Alexandria
Ph (02)
Bankstown
Ph (02)
Blacktown
Ph (02)
Bondi Junction Ph (02)
Brookvale
Ph (02)
Campbelltown Ph (02)
Erina
Ph (02)
Gore Hill
Ph (02)
Hornsby
Ph (02)
Newcastle
Ph (02)
Parramatta
Ph (02)
Penrith
Ph (02)
Silverwater
Ph (02)
8
6021
9699
9709
9678
9369
9905
4620
4365
9439
9476
4965
9683
4721
9741
6788
4699
2822
9669
3899
4130
7155
3433
4799
6221
3799
3377
8337
8557
Sydney City
Taren Point
Tweed Heads
Wollongong
VICTORIA
Coburg
Frankston
Geelong
Melbourne
Ringwood
Springvale
Sunshine
Thomastown
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Cairns
Ipswich
Better. More Technical
Prices valid until February 29th 2008
150W Inverter with USB Outlet
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(02)
(02)
(07)
(02)
9267
9531
5524
4226
1614
7033
6566
7089
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
9384
9781
5221
9663
9870
9547
9310
9465
1811
4100
5800
2030
9053
1022
8066
3333
Ph (07) 3863 0099
Ph (07) 4041 6747
Ph (07) 3282 5800
ORDER FREE CALL>
USB Activated 6 Way Powerboard
This powerboard connects to your
computer's USB port
and once your
computer powers
on, it applies the mains power to the 6
SAVE
$30.00
way powerboard without you needing
to flick a switch. Perfect for powered
speakers, powered USB hubs, scanners, and
powered docking stations.
Cat. MS-4032
• SAA Approved.
$39.95
Was $69.95
15VDC 1.5A Switchmode Power Supply
Regulated 15VDC output voltage.
Supplied with 7 different plugs.
Includes LED power indicator.
Was $34.95
Cat. MP-3423
$24.95
SAVE
$10.00
Mains Power Meter
The meter can tell you how much an
appliance is costing to run and tracks
the actual power being used. It can
also display the instantaneous voltage
or current being drawn as well as
peak levels etc.
Cat. MS-6115
10A max rating.
$39.95
12VDC & 240VAC Battery Charger with
USB Power Ni-Cd & Ni-MH
Charge your batteries almost anywhere. This
universal battery charger runs
SAVE
from mains power, your car's
$15.00
cigarette lighter socket, or your
computer's USB socket. Very
handy.
Cat. MB-3539
Was $39.95
$24.95
Cat. SB-1752
Long Life Pre-Charged
Rechargeable Batteries 4 Pack $14.95
These are ultra-low self-discharge
Cat. SB-1750
batteries and can be used immediately
after purchase. Even after a full year, they $24.95
will still retain up to 85% of their original
charge. Storage case included.
• SB-1752 AAA 1.2V 800mAh
• SB-1750 AA 1.2V 2000mAh
Maroochydore Ph (07) 5479 3511
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
1800 022 888
SAVE
$20.00
This compact (150mm long)
inverter plugs directly into
your vehicle's cigarette
lighter socket to deliver
230VAC at 150 watts. The
modified sine wave unit comes with a USB
port to charge or power your MP3
Cat. MI-5125
player or other USB operated device.
$59.95
Was $79.95
200W PA Combo Amp/Speaker
RF Preamplifier Kit
Garage Door Remote Control
POWER
INTERNET>
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Dunedin
Ph (03) 471 7934
Glenfield
Ph (09) 444 4628
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Manukau
Ph (09) 263 6241
Newmarket
Ph (09) 377 6421
Palmerston Nth Ph (06) 353 8246
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
www.jaycar.com.au
Switch just about any plug-in mains-powered device when a
passive infrared sensor detects a person approaching. It’s
easy with this low-cost and easy-to-build project.
By
JIM ROWE
PIR-Triggered
Mains Switch
Y
ou’ve seen those lights fitted
with PIR detectors which turn
on when someone approaches.
But what if you want to switch on
something else that’s mains powered?
Perhaps it’s other security lighting?
Possibly an AV recording or playback
system? Maybe a fountain pump? Or
just about anything else that can plug
into a standard power point?
Think outside the square: what
about a commercial display which
you’d like to spring into action when
there’s an audience close by?
If so, this project is for you.
We take a bog-standard (and cheap!)
passive infrared detector, as used in
millions of burglar alarms and use it to
safely turn on 240VAC mains device(s)
for an adjustable pre-set period – and
siliconchip.com.au
that period is set by you.
It’s compact and easy to build but
at the same time it’ll cost you much
less than commercial PIR-triggered
switches with similar features.
Talking of features, how are these?
First, it will accept trigger signals
from virtually any standard low cost
PIR detector which can be located up
to 20m away, if that’s what you need.
The two are connected together via
a length of two-pair telephone cable
– and the Switch Unit also provides
12V power for the PIR detector, via
the same cable.
Next, the switch unit uses a heavyduty mains-rated relay to switch the
power to twin 240VAC outlets.
The relay contacts are rated for 20A,
so the unit is quite capable of switching
power for any likely load combination,
up to the normal 10A limit of a standard
power point.
Once triggered by the PIR detector,
the unit can keep the power switched
on for a preset period of time, which
you can set to any of 10 different periods, ranging from about just a few
seconds to 128 minutes (over two
hours).
This should make the unit suitable
for many different applications, especially as it is also provided with a
manual override button which can be
used to switch off the mains power to
the loads at any time regardless of the
hold-on time setting.
Finally, the Switch Unit fits in a UB2
sized jiffy box, with all of the low voltage circuitry on a small PC board for
easy assembly.
In fact, the Switch Unit could itself
February 2008 57
+12V
PIR DETECTOR
R1
S
N/C
RELAY
DRIVER
Q
S-R
FLIPFLOP
+
SET
HOLD ON
TIME
S1
MANUAL
TURN
OFF
R2
N
E
O14
C1
S2
A
Q
R
–
240V OUTLETS
MAINS
RATED
RELAY
O6
O5
O4
A
MR
MULTISTAGE
BINARY
COUNTER
N
E
CLK
E
TIMING
CLOCK
+17V
+12V
0V
POWER
SUPPLY
A
A
N
N
240V
POWER
Fig.1: the block diagram of the PIR-triggered mains switch. It can switch
up to 10A from the two outlets (the limitation of a standard power point).
be battery operated and switch low
voltage devices if you like (it needs
about 12V <at> 80ma).
In addition the ‘live’ mains wiring
is all off the PC board, in the interests
of safety.
Before we explain how it works, you
should know that development of the
project has been sponsored by Jaycar
Electronics. As a result, kits for it will
only be available from Jaycar stores
and dealers.
How it works
As you can see from the block
diagram of Fig.1, the project is quite
straightforward. At lower right is the
built-in power supply, which provides
regulated 12V DC to power both the remote PIR detector and its own internal
circuitry, plus an unregulated ~17V DC
to power the relay.
The output of virtually all PIR detec-
tors is a set of relay contacts, which are
normally closed and open when the
detector senses movement.
It is this set of contacts which we
use to trigger the mains switching
unit, by connecting them between the
input of a CMOS inverter and ground.
The inverter input is also connected to
the +12V line with resistor R1, so that
whenever the detector contacts open
the inverter’s input is pulled high by
R1 and its output will switch low.
This action is used to ‘set’ a set/reset
flipflop which is normally resting in its
reset state. When the flipflop switches
into the set state its Q output switches
high. This is used to activate a driver
circuit and energise the relay. Power
is thus switched to the two 240VAC
outlets and the loads.
At the same time as the S-R flipflop
switches to its set state, its Q-bar output
switches low. This output is connected
This shot shows the IEC
connector and PIR input on
the left end of the Jiffy box.
58 Silicon Chip
to the master reset (MR) input of a
multi-stage binary counter. So when
the flipflop sets, this removes the reset
from the counter and allows it to begin
counting. It counts the pulses from a
simple clock oscillator which runs at
0.9375Hz (the reason for this rather
odd frequency will become clear in a
moment).
The binary counter has 14 stages but
makes available only the outputs from
internal flipflops 4-10 (O4-O10) and
12-14 (012-O14). We use rotary switch
S2 to select one of these 10 outputs,
so the rotor of S2 is kept low until the
selected counter output switches high.
This happens as soon as the counter
has received the appropriate number of
clock pulses: eight pulses in the case
of O4, 16 for O5, 32 for O6, 64 for O7
and so on right up to O14, which only
switches high after 8192 pulses have
been counted.
Whenever the selected counter output does switch high, this low-to-high
transition is coupled via capacitor C1
into the input of a second inverter,
which is normally held low by resistor
R2. So the inverter’s input is taken high
briefly, as C1 charges up via R2. But
this is long enough for the inverter’s
output to switch low, applying a triggering pulse to the reset input of the
S-R flopflop.
As a result the flipflop switches back
to its reset state, turning off the relay
and removing 240VAC power from
the loads.
So as you can see, this combination
of a flipflop and a multistage binary
counter allows us to automatically turn
the relay off again after an approprisiliconchip.com.au
PIR DET
CON1
+12V
1
2
3
4
5
6
100nF
10k
1
14
3
13
2
IC1d
IC1: 4093B
5
16
4
12
10k
+12V
1M
IN
0V
680nF
LEDS
+12V
GND
IC1c
A
10
10
9
MR
O9
O8
Rs
O7
Rtc
O6
O5
Ctc
O4
OUT
K
9
13 4m
14 2m
6
1m
4
30s
E
5 15s
+17V
7
68
5W
S2 SET HOLD
ON TIME
1k
D6
E
N
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Area within
Area
withinredred
dotted
at at
dottedline
lineis is
240V
240V potential
potential
K
TRIGGERED
LED2
15k
A
K
240VAC
OUTLET No.1
A
T1
B
0V
K
A
K
A
K
6V
K
Q1
BD139
N
A
E
+17V
A
A
C
E
D2–D5
6V
240V
RLY 1
K
A
10k
A
B
C
22nF
GND
240V AC
INPUT
BD139
BD13
7.5s
9
D1
POWER
LED1
15 8m
MANUAL
TURN OFF
S1
8
7
IN
11
O10
Vss
8
K
7812
A
IC2
4060B
IC1b
6
1k
Vdd
3 128m
O14
2 64m
O13
1 32m
O12
11
12
IC1a
100nF
(RJ12)
OR
3-WAY PCB
TERMINAL
BLOCK
100nF
REG1 7812
IN
2200 F
25V
+12V
OUT
240VAC
OUTLET No.2
GND
22 F
N
A
E
MAINS
EARTH
SC
2008
PIR SENSOR TRIGGERED MAINS SWITCH
D1: 1N4148
A
D2–D6: 1N4004
K
A
K
Fig.2: the circuit diagram shows how simple the PIR Mains Switch is. Note that this project switches mains
and great care must be taken with mains wiring. It is definitely not a project for beginners!
ate number of clock pulses have been
counted – as selected by S2.
For example, if S2 is set to O4 of the
counter, the relay will be turned off
after eight pulses have been counted;
if it’s set to O5, the turnoff will be after
16 pulses; to O6 and it will be after 32
pulses and so on.
0.9375Hz?
The reason for that apparently odd
frequency of 0.9375Hz for the counter’s
clock oscillator is due to the binary
relationship between all of the counter
outputs.
The counter’s O6 output goes high after 64 pulses have been counted but by
making the clock frequency 0.9375Hz
we ensure that this corresponds to 60
siliconchip.com.au
seconds or one minute. (That’s because
60/64 = 0.9375.)
The same clock frequency makes
the switch-off times corresponding
to the higher counter outputs also
correspond to reasonably convenient
multiples of minutes: two minutes
for O8, four minutes for O9, eight
minutes for O10, 32 minutes for O12,
64 minutes for 013 and 128 minutes
for O14. The lower outputs also give
reasonably convenient shorter times:
30 seconds for O6, 15 seconds for O5
and 7.5 seconds for O4.
But what if you have set the project to
hold the power on for, say, 64 minutes
after triggering and then want to switch
it off immediately?
That’s easily fixed, because we have
also provided normally open pushbutton S1, which pulls the inverter input
high and causes it to reset the S-R flipflop straight away. All you have to do
to turn off the load power at any time
is press S1 briefly.
By the way, whenever the S-R flipflop is reset (and for whatever reason),
this doesn’t just turn off the relay and
power to the load. It also re-applies
a logic high to the MR input of the
counter, resetting it and preventing it
from counting. So the whole circuit is
reset, ready to await the next trigger
pulse from the PIR detector.
Circuit details
The schematic diagram of Fig.2
provides all of the circuit details. The
February 2008 59
240V MAINS
INPUT
RELAY
(RLY1)
CABLE
TIES
T1
2851
A
E
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
OVER JOINTS
0V
S1
MANUAL
TURNOFF
7002 C
17011101
4004
4004
4004
D4
D5
+
4004
D3
HS2
Q1
BD139
1k
4004
22 F
D6
BD135
EJ
680nF
10
10k
1M
S2
10k
1
2
22nF
IC1 4093B
IC2
4060B
HOLD ON TIME
15k
10k
100nF
D1
4148
+
DNG
RELAY COIL
68 /5W
2200 F
100nF
REG1
7812
1k
(OPTIONAL RJ12 SOCKET
OR 3-WAY TERMINAL BLOCK)
PIR DET
LED2
TRIG’D
D2
91217002 5545CK 3728CE
NI
HS1
PWR
HCTIWS SNIAM GIRT RIP
+V
12V AC IN
100nF
LED1
CON1
6V
6V
N
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVES
OVER ALL
QUICK
CONNECTORS
6
CABLE FROM
PIR DETECTOR
PLUGS IN HERE
Fig.3: combined component
overlay and wiring diagram.
Follow this diagram exactly
– you cannot take chances
when mains is involved!
Note the comments in the
text about the RJ12 socket
or 3-way terminal block
(PIR input) options.
S1
(ON FRONT
PANEL)
SUITABLE LENGTH
OF 2-PAIR CABLE
E
A
N
E
A N
RJ11 4-PIN MODULAR PLUG
(TOP VIEW)
ALARM
(NC)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
–
+
REAR OF
MAINS
OUTLET 2
REAR OF
MAINS
OUTLET 1
NOTE LINK
TAMPER
(NC)
“PRESSPAHN”
OR OTHER
SUITABLE
INSULATION
COVERING
OUTLETS
TERMINAL BLOCK
INSIDE
PIR DETECTOR
Fig.4: detail of the cable connecting a typical PIR detector
and the Switch Unit, assuming the RJ12 socket is used on
the PC board.
PIR detector connects to the circuit
via CON1, a ‘modular’ telephone-type
connector. It receives 12V power via
pins 2 and 5 of CON1, while its output
(switching) contacts are connected to
pins 4 and 3. Pin 4 connects to the
two inputs of Schmitt gate IC1a, tied
together so that it forms the input inverter. As you can see the input pins are
connected to +12V via a 10kW resistor
60 Silicon Chip
(the equivalent of R1 in Fig.1), while
they are also connected to ground via
a 100nF capacitor to bypass any RF
signals which may be picked up by the
cable from the PIR detector. (Once upon
a time all we had to worry about was
radio stations. Now there’s TV, mobile
phones, cordless phones, WiFi, Bluetooth, video/audio senders and even
wireless doorbells to cause problems
on long cables).
Cross-coupled gates IC1d and IC1b
form the S-R flipflop, with the output of
IC1d (pin 11) forming its Q output and
that from IC1b (pin 4) forming the Q-bar
output. IC2 is a 4060B device, which
not only provides our 14-stage binary
counter but also its clock oscillator
as well. The two resistors and 680nF
capacitor connected between pins 9, 10
siliconchip.com.au
Same-size photo clearly shows component placement on the PC board.
and 11 of IC2 set the clock frequency
to 0.9375Hz. In reality, it will not be
anywhere near as precise.
As explained earlier, the S-R flipflop’s Q-bar output (pin 4 of IC1) is
used to control the counter’s operation
by pulling the MR input of IC2 (pin 12)
high to prevent counting, or pulling it
low to allow it to count.
The remaining gate of IC1 (IC1c) is
used to form the inverter for the S-R
flipflop’s reset input. One input of this
gate is tied to +12V, while the other
input (pin 8) is pulled down to earth
by a 15kW resistor (equivalent to R2
in Fig.1) and coupled to the rotor of
switch S2 via a 22nF capacitor which
corresponds to C1 in Fig.1. Manual
turnoff switch S1 also connects between pin 8 and +12V.
The Q output of IC1 (pin 11) is also
connected to the base of transistor Q1,
via a 10kW series resistor. Q1 is the relay driver, which energises relay RLY1
when it conducts.
The relay coil is connected to +17V
via a 68W 5W resistor for current limiting. Diode D6 is also connected across
the relay coil to protect Q1 from damage due to the inductive ‘spike’ when
the relay de-energises. LED2 and its
1kW series resistor are also connected
across the relay coil, to indicate when
the relay – and therefore load power
– is ‘ON’.
The project’s power supply uses
a small (2VA) power transformer T1
driving a four-diode bridge rectifier to
produce the unregulated output (about
17V) which operates the relay. Regulator REG1 then derives a regulated 12V
line from the rectifier output to provide
power for the rest of the circuit and
siliconchip.com.au
the PIR detector. LED1 and its series
1kW resistor are connected across the
12V supply to indicate when power
is applied to the switch unit and PIR
detector.
Construction
There are two parts to this circuit
– the low voltage side (which mounts
on a small PC board) and the mains
wiring.
It all fits inside a standard UB2 size
(197 x 113 x 63mm) jiffy box, with
room left for the off-board (mains)
components: the IEC mains input plug,
power transformer T1, relay RLY1, the
two flush-mount mains outlet sockets
and manual turnoff switch S1.
In our prototype, the IEC mains
input connector is mounted in the
left-hand end of the box. However, we
have been informed that production
kits from Jaycar will probably have the
IEC connector mounted on the front
panel (the jiffy box lid) adjacent to the
mains output sockets. The wiring is
the same but take the changed position
into account.
Transformer T1 and the mains relay
(RLY1) are bolted into the bottom of the
box alongside the PC board, while the
two mains outlet sockets and manual
turn-off switch (S1) are mounted in
the lid of the box (which forms the
front panel). Rotary switch S2 actually mounts on the PC board, but its
control shaft is left at its full length so
that it protrudes through a matching
hole in the lid, to be fitted with a small
pointer knob.
The overlay/wiring diagram of Fig.3
shows not only where all components
go on the PC board (and their orienta-
tion) but also how
the wiring is made
connecting the offboard components.
It also shows which
joints need to be
provided with heatshrink sleeves, to
prevent accidental
contact when the box
is opened. So if you
follow all aspects of
this diagram carefully, you should be
able to build up the
unit both safely and
successfully.
Note that there are
six wire links (all
0.4” long) to be fitted
to the PC board, preferably before any
of the components are fitted because
this is the easiest time to do so. After
the links are fitted it’s a good idea to fit
the seven PC pins, three of which are
used to make the connections from the
secondary of T1, two are for the relay
coil connections while the remaining
two pins are used for the wires connecting S1.
Next fit the DIL sockets for IC1 and
IC2, making sure you fit them with their
‘notch’ end towards the left so they’ll
guide you later in fitting the ICs with
the correct orientation.
Then fit CON1, the RJ12 modular
connector which fits at the left hand
end of the board. A note here: the PC
board pattern will also accommodate a
4-way PC-mounting terminal block, if
you would rather “hard wire” the PIR
to the PC board.
After this, fit rotary switch S2, noting that it needs to be orientated with
its indexing spigot in the ‘north-east’
position. After mounting it you need
to remove its nut, star lockwasher and
position stop plate, then refit these in
reverse order after making sure the
stop plate’s locating pin is entering the
slotted hole between the ‘10’ and ‘11’
numerals moulded into the top of the
switch body. This is to ensure that the
switch is set for 10 positions.
Once S2 is in place and set correctly,
fit the various resistors and smaller
unpolarised capacitors. Follow these
with the 22mF and 2200mF electrolytics, which are of course polarised
– so fit these carefully according to
the overlay diagram.
Then fit signal diode D1 and the five
power diodes D2-D6, followed by transFebruary 2008 61
Opened-out view of the completed project. Note the heatshrink covering any
exposed mains and the Presspahn shield over the mains outlet sockets. This
photo is of the first prototype which used a DIN PIR input socket – now changed
to either an RJ12 phone-type socket or a 3-way PC board terminal block.
istor Q1 and regulator REG1. Note that
both Q1 and REG1 are mounted horizontally and each device is fitted with
(or on) a small U-shaped TO-220 type
heatsink, with a 6mm long M3 machine
screw and nut used to clamp them in
place on the top of the board.
The next components to fit to the
board are LED1 and LED2. These need
to have their leads extended using
25mm lengths of hookup wire, so that
the body of each LED will protrude
through the matching holes in the box
lid when this is fitted. Use hookup
wire with red insulation to extend the
longer LED anode leads, and wire with
black insulation to extend the cathode
leads. Then you shouldn’t have any
trouble fitting the extended leads to
the board correctly – the red anode
leads go towards the rear of the board,
and the black cathode leads towards
the front.
Wiring
Your PC board assembly is now just
62 Silicon Chip
on complete, so place it aside while
you fit the IEC mains input plug into
the end of the box. It’s fastened into
the matching hole via a pair of 10mm
long countersink-head M3 machine
screws, fitted with star lockwashers
and nuts on the inside. Then mount
the power transformer T1 in the bottom
of the box, using another pair of M3
countersink-head 10mm long screws
with flat washers, star lockwashers
and nuts.
Once it’s in position, fit another star
lockwasher to the mounting screw
nearer the IEC mains plug, and then
slip on a solder lug followed by a further lockwasher and finally a second
nut. Tighten this last nut firmly with
a nut driver or tube spanner so there’s
no chance of the solder lug coming
loose. (The lug is used to connect the
transformer core and frame to mains
earth, for safety.)
Now relay RLY1 can be bolted into
the bottom of the box in much the
same way, except that its plastic case
needs no earthing. So in this case just
use a pair of 10mm x M3 countersink
head screws with flat washers, star
lockwashers and nuts.
Next is a 50mm length of mainsrated figure-8 wire, used to connect S1
to the board just before the box lid is
fitted. Solder one end of these to the PC
pins marked “S1” on the PC board and
leave the other end for the moment.
We specify mains-rated cable here
due to the fact that inside the box is
mains wiring which (while the chance
is very remote), could possibly come
loose and move around. The figure-8
itself only carries low voltage but its
insulation is mains rated to prevent
any possible contact.
At this stage you can mount the PC
board assembly into the box using
four 15mm long M3 tapped spacers,
with four 10mm long x M3 countersink head Nylon machine screws to
attach the spacers to the bottom of the
box and four 6mm long pan head M3
screws to attach the board to the top
of the spacers.
Again, Nylon screws are specified
“just in case” – these screws pass from
the inside of the case, where there is
mains wiring, to the outside.
Then you can make the connections
between the secondary winding of T1
and the three PC pins on the board just
near T1. Do this by cutting all three
leads to about 50mm long, removing
about 6mm of insulation from the end
of each wire and then soldering them
to the terminal pins. The two wires
with yellow insulation connect to the
outer pins, while the wire with white
insulation connects to the centre pin.
After this prepare two 60mm lengths
of mains-rated insulated hookup wire
by baring about 5mm of wire at each
end, and then fitting a female ‘quick
connect’ spade connector to one end
of each wire. Then slip a 25mm length
of 6mm diameter heatshrink sleeving
over each connector, and use a hot
air gun or the barrel of your soldering
iron to shrink the sleeves down snugly
around each connector.
After this, tin the other end of each
wire and finally, solder them to the PC
board terminal pins just to the left of
the heatsink for Q1. These wires are
used to connect between the board
and the coil lugs of RLY1 - which are
the two closer-spaced lugs on its left
(assuming you’ve fitted it the correct
way around). So once the wires have
been soldered to the PC board pins,
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List –
PIR-Triggered Mains Switch
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
Here’s a close-up view of the Presspahn insulation over the
mains outlet sockets just before it was secured in place.
push their quick connector ends down firmly over the relay
lugs as far as they’ll go.
Next fit the two flush mounting mains outlets to the lid
of the box, and also fit pushbutton switch S1 into its hole
in the lid near the other end. Then if you turn the lid and
place it near the right-hand end of the box, you should be
able to add all of the remaining off-board mains wiring between the IEC mains plug, the primary winding of T1, the
switching contacts of RLY1 and the mains outlets. Do this
by carefully following the overlay/wiring diagram, which
shows all of the wiring fairly clearly.
How do you know if the insulation on the cable you
want to use is mains-rated? A good source of “guaranteed”
mains-rated cable is from a length of discarded mains lead.
It’s always handy to keep some in the junk box for purposes
such as this!
Each of the three terminals (A, N and E) on the IEC mains
input connector has two wires connected to it
First the earth: a short length of green/yellow mainsrated wire is used to make the connection between the IEC
connector’s centre earth lug and the solder lug fitted to the
left-hand end of T1, while another much longer piece of the
same wire (~160mm) is used to connect to the earth connection of each mains outlet. Both wires should be soldered to
the IEC plug’s centre lug together, to ensure a good reliable
connection for them both.
The mains (Active and Neutral) wires don’t solder to the
lugs on the IEC socket but to quick-connect female spade
connectors. Each of these connectors has a 25mm length
of heatshrink insulation fitted after soldering so they are
completely covered. Cut two 25mm lengths of heatshrink,
pass the two wires through and slide the heatshrink well
up before soldering. Otherwise they may shrink from the
heat of soldering before you get them over the quick-connect
spade terminals.
The “A” terminal of the IEC connector has the brown
(Active) wire from the transformer primary, along with a
160mm-long mains-rated wire with brown (or red) insulation
which goes to one of the switching terminals of the relay,
again via a quick-connect female spade connector. Another,
similar, length of the same wire (also fitted with an insulated
spade connector) goes from the other switching terminal of
the relay with its opposite end going to both the “A” screw
terminals of the mains sockets.
The second primary wire from the transformer (with blue
siliconchip.com.au
PC board, code EC8273, 147 x 69mm
UB2 jiffy box, 197 x 113 x 63mm
Heatsinks, 19mm square TO-220 type
Pushbutton switch, SPST (S1)
Rotary switch, 1 pole 12 position (S2)
Pointer knob with removable pointer inset
6-pin RJ12 socket, PC board mtg (CON1) OR
3-way PC board mounting terminal block (see text)
1 14-pin DIL IC socket (for IC1)
1 16-pin DIL IC socket (for IC2)
1 Power transformer, 12.6V/2VA, 2851 type
1 20A mains rated relay, chassis mtg (RLY1)
1 IEC mains plug, panel mounting
2 Mains sockets, flush mounting panel type
4 15mm long M3 tapped spacer
10 Nylon M3 machine screws, 10mm long CSK head
6 M3 machine screws, 6mm long pan head
8 M3 nuts with flat and star lockwashers
1 Solder lug
8 Nylon cable ties, 100mm long
6 Quick connectors, female spade type
6 25mm lengths of 6mm diameter heatshrink tubing
7 PC board terminal pins, 1mm diameter
1 90 x 104mm piece “Presspahn” or similar insulation
Semiconductors
1 4093B quad Schmitt NAND (IC1)
1 4060B binary counter (IC2)
1 7812 12V regulator (REG1)
1 BD139 NPN transistor (Q1)
1 5mm LED, green (LED1)
1 5mm LED, red (LED2)
1 1 N4148 silicon diode (D1)
5 1N4004 1A power diode (D2-D6)
Capacitors
1 2200mF 25V RB electrolytic
1 22mF 16V RB electrolytic
1 680nF MKT metallised polyester
3 100nF MKT metallised polyester
1 22nF MKT metallised polyester
Resistors (0.25W 1% unless specified)
1 1MW
1 15kW
3 10kW 2 1kW
1 68W/5W wirewound
The design of this kit and PC board are
Copyright (C) 2007 to Jaycar Electronics.
Kits (cat no KC5455) will be available from
Jaycar Electronics stores and resellers shortly
after this issue goes on sale.
insulation) attaches via an insulated female spade terminal
to the “N” terminal of the IEC connector, along with an even
longer wire (about 300mm) whose opposite end screws into
both the “N” terminals of the mains output sockets.
When you have soldered all wires to their female spade
connectors, slide the lengths of heatshrink back down the
wires so that the connectors are fully covered, then shrink
February 2008 63
with a heat gun. When you push the
female spade connectors onto their appropriate male spade terminals, there
should be no exposed mains wiring or
metalwork visible.
Once you’ve completed the mains
wiring, it’s a good idea to tidy it all
up using about six small cable ties as
shown in the overlay diagram. This
doesn’t just make the wiring look
tidier; it also helps ensure that in the
unlikely event of a live wire breaking
off anywhere, it can’t ‘wander’ far
enough to make contact with any of
the low voltage wiring.
With the cable ties fitted, the next
step is to swing the box lid around so
it’s just in front of the box, so you can
solder the two wires coming from the
PC board pins (just to the left of the
socket for IC1) to the lugs on the rear
of pushbutton S1. We also covered
these joins in heatshrink – just in case.
You will note from our photographs
that we also shielded the two mains
outlet sockets with an insulating material – again, just in case. In the past,
the most usual material to use was a
product called “Presspahn” but that is
becoming rather difficult to get these
days (at least in small quantities).
We used a piece of cardboard
which has a PVC insulation on one
side. Other ideas that spring to mind
are thin plastic or perhaps a sheet of
plastic laminated paper. The U-shaped
shield, the dimension of which are
shown in Fig.5, is fixed to the case
by slightly undoing the mains socket
mounting screws and “sandwiching”
the insulation between the back of the
mains socket and the case (tightening
the screws again to keep it in place).
After this the final assembly step is
to plug the two ICs into their sockets,
making sure you fit them with their
‘notch’ ends towards the left in each
case.
The internal wiring of your PIR
Triggered Mains Switch will now be
complete and you can swing the box lid
up and lower it in position, carefully
making sure that the control spindle
BEND DOWN 90 o
25mm
7mm
BEND DOWN 90 o
40mm
BEND DOWN 90 o
25mm
7mm
BEND UP 90 o
90mm
Fig.5: the detail for the insulating
shield over the mains outlet sockets.
It secures under the outlet backs.
of S2 and the two LEDs pass through
their corresponding holes and that no
internal wiring is pinched between
box and lid.
You should then be able to fit the
pointer knob to S2’s spindle, and also
screw the lid down using the four small
self-tapping screws provided.
If you find the pointer on the knob
doesn’t point to the right place, the
knob specified has a small inset plate
at the top which can be prised off and
rotated to get the pointer in the correct
position.
PIR Wiring
There is no testing or adjustment
procedure required for this project;
it should operate as soon as power is
applied. However you will no doubt
have to make up a cable to connect
the project to the PIR detector unit
you have chosen to use with it. Needless to say the cable will need to be
long enough to run for the distance
between them.
It should be very easy to make up the
cable, because we’ve made the connector for the Switch end an RJ12 modular
socket and used only the four centre
pins of it. As a result you can make the
cable easily by ‘converting’ a standard
low cost modular telephone extension
lead, sold in Jaycar stores (and many
others as well) in lengths up to at least
15m. These leads are fitted with an
RJ12 (6P/4C) plug at each end, so all
you need to do is cut off the RJ12 plug
at one end, and then remove the outer
sleeve at that end to reveal the four
wires which will be used to connect
to the PIR Detector’s terminals.
The PC board also has provision for
a standard 3-way terminal block if you
prefer to wire the PIR detector in that
way. Both inputs are shown on the
overlay diagram.
The way to make the connections
at the PIR Detector end of the cable
is shown in Fig.4. As you can see it’s
quite straightforward: the 12V power
wires from pins 2 and 5 of the RJ12 plug
connect to the positive and negative
power terminals, while the wires from
pins 3 and 4 of the plug connect to the
two end terminals of the four provided
for connections to the normally closed
‘detect’ contacts and the ‘tamper’ (or
box opening) sensor switch. Then the
two centre terminals are linked by a
short length of wire as shown, to connect the two pairs of normally closed
contacts in series.
That’s about it. When you connect
up the PIR Detector to your completed
Switch Unit and also connect a 240V
IEC power lead to the Switch Unit’s IEC
input plug, on power-up you should
find that the green power LED (LED1)
on the Switch Unit will turn on to show
that the circuit is active.
As soon as the PIR Detector senses
any movement, the Switch Unit’s
red LED2 should also turn on to
indicate that the mains switch has
been triggered on. It should continue
glowing for whatever period of time
corresponds to the setting of switch
S2 – anywhere between 7.5 seconds
and 128 minutes. And if you plug
some lights etc into one of the Switch
Unit’s mains outlets, they should also
receive power for the same period of
time following a trigger event.
Check that the timing period is correct (see comment above about moving
the pointer on the knob) and also check
that pushbutton S1 turns off the load
power (and LED2) when pressed. SC
Capacitor Codes
Resistor Colour Codes
No.
o 2
o 1
o 2
o 6
Value
1MW
15kW
10kW
1kW
64 Silicon Chip
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black green brown
brown green orange brown
brown black orange brown
brown black red brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black yellow brown
brown green black red brown
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
Value
680nF
100nF
22nF
mF Code IEC Code EIA Code
0.68mF
680n
684
0.1mF
100n
104
.022mF
22n
223
siliconchip.com.au
100W SOLAR PANEL ARRAY WITH FREE REGULATOR KIT
NEW 300W WIND GENERATORS
Power: 300W
Peak: 500W
Voltage: 12 or 24VDC
Current: 12A
Start Speed: 2.5m/S
Cut-in Speed: 3m/S
Rated Speed: 12m/S
Rated RPM 450
Blade span 1.5m
Weight: 18kg
Protection Level: IP54
AL
DE
E
G
KA
AC
P
L
A
ECI
SP
LY
N
O 69
$5
This 100W solar array includes 5 X 20W – 12V polycrystalline solar panels, a 12V/24V
regulator kit + weatherproof kit box. Why 5 X 12V/20W panels and not 1 X 100W
panel?...Loss of output due to damage or obstruction of a panel will result in a 20%
loss in output, not 100% loss. Air gaps between panels increase cooling and thus
increases panel efficiency. Much cheaper and less fragile to post. The wiring can be
changed for different voltages. Aluminum angle, rivets or wire not inc, all worth around
$15. Specifications For each Panel: Peak Power: 20W, Open Circuit Voltage: 21V,
Short Circuit Current: 1.3A, Voltage At Max. Power: 17.5V, Current At Max. Power:
1.1A, Dim: 610 x 290 x 25mm. 5 X 12V/20W panels +regulator kit + weatherproof
This modern lightweight
box (ARRAY) $690.00
generator including it's packaging
weighs 18KG's!!: Cheap to Ship
by Australia Post. Has a built in
rectifier/regulator and sliprings. It
is made from good quality new materials. Available in 12V (AW12) and 24V (AW24).
More info. on our website: Note: Mast and mast fittings not supplied.
Very bright 4W LED lamp
NEW 8X10mm
LED LAMP KIT
kit, employs 8 X 1/2W
White LEDs driven by an
efficient switched mode
power supply: Consumes a
constant 4W at 9-30V DC.
Can also fit inside a
common salsa / dip jar to
make a watertight housing
for a very bright Prawning
light!: Kit inc. PCB, LEDs &
all onboard parts. (K263A)
E
RY
O
CT
IC
PR
4
2
$
U
D
RO
INT
NEW 0.5W10mm LEDs
Amazing new bright LEDs. More light for your
money and more light from the same space than
regular LEDs. Unlike LUXEON style LEDs these
LEDs do not require any additional heatsinking.
White $2.40 L10W Water clear lens.
25 Lumens <at> 150mA / 80,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Red $2.40 L10R
Water clear lens.
20 Lumens <at> 150ma / 65,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Blue $2.40 L10B
Water clear lens.
15 Lumens <at> 150mA / 40,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Green $2.40 L10G
Water clear lens.
20 Lumens <at> 150mA / 80,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
CODE HOPPING 4 CH UP/DOWN INVERTER LED DRIVER KIT
VIRTUALLY PRE-BUILT REMOTE
CONTROL
Receiver: This kit is almost identical in its function to our very popular K180 kit but is
pre-built (requires soldering of 2 wires). Has individual limit/reset input for each
channel. Combined with our TX8 Transmitter, this kit can control any combination of
four output relays in either momentary (on while the button is held) or latching (push on
push of) operation. Features inc. range of up to 50m, 240VAC 7A relays, indicator
LEDs, & screw terminals for ease of use. (K239) Receiver $30
Transmitter: This small key fob transmitter is used in conjunction with the K239. Uses
a pre-built and pre-aligned 433MHz UHF code hopping transmitter module. Includes
transmitter module, battery clips, battery and key-fob case. (TX8) Transmitter $15
This kit is designed to step up or step down a wide range of voltages to power a different
strings of series or series / parallel LEDs. Parts of the PCB can be snapped of and wired
to suit many different applications for cars, boats, trucks and more. More info on our
website. Kit includes PCB and all onboard components. (K207A) $9.90. Can be
configured to drive... 5mm/20mA, 0.5W and 1W LED's. This kit could also drive a 3W
LED in some configurations but we did not try them. See our website for more details.
12VDC GEARED MOTOR & SPEED CONTROLLER COMBO
The speed controller kit is designed to produce a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) output
to vary the speed of DC motors. Use it with the PCB mounted trimpot supplied or your
own external 5K Pot. 10VDC - 36VDC 20A+. These motors are brand new and the
worm drive makes them very powerful. They were intended for car electric windows.
Starts turning at 0.9V, 0.9V <at> 0.7A - 4rpm, 6V <at> 1.2A - 60rpm, 12V <at> 1.7A - 120rpm,
15V <at> 1.9A - 150rpm. Motor plus speed controller kit (K252M) only $27
Check out the range of large DC motors, controllers,
wheels, chains and sprockets for electric scooter,
buggy, robot or other electro/mechanical projects.
All at oatleyelectronics.com
GEARED MOTOR AND
CONTROLLER FOR JUST $27
Don't forget to check out the many other kits on our website
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers
of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
siliconchip.com.au
February
2008 65
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO
Box 89 Oatley
NSW 2223
major credit cards accepted
Post & Pack typically $7 for up to 0.5kg Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
SC_DEC_07
By JOHN CLARKE
Shift Indicator &
Rev Limiter For Cars
If you drive your car for optimum performance, you will want
this Shift Light Indicator to indicate just when to change gears.
As a bonus, it incorporates a Rev Limiter which throttles back
the fuel injectors.
I
F YOU ARE INTERESTED in driving your car for best acceleration or
fuel economy, you will know that an
engine’s torque peaks at a lower RPM
than the peak power. You will also
know that when driving for maximum
fuel economy, it is wise to keep engine
revs reasonably low and to get into the
The gear shift and rev limit points
are indicated by four LEDs. The
LDR at far left is part of the
dimming circuit.
66 Silicon Chip
highest gear as soon as possible.
But whether driving for best acceleration or economy, you don’t want to
be watching the tacho to judge each
gear change. That would distract your
attention from the road. Having a Shift
Light Indicator is the way to go. You
will see LEDs light up without having
to divert your eyes from the road.
Our Shift Light Indicator has three
LEDs to indicate shift points and a
fourth LED for the Rev Limiter. How
you set the individual LED RPM values
is up to you. For example, you could
set the three LEDs to give a ‘ready’,
‘set’ and ‘go’ indication for each gear
change.
Rev limiting can be hard or soft.
Hard limiting simply switches off
power to the fuel injectors and the
engine immediately “dies”; power
does not came back until the RPM
falls below a threshold value. Soft
limiting reduces the fuel injector duty
cycle in stages so that the power is
not killed abruptly. Either way, the
engine is protected from damage due
to over-revving.
Note that many cars these days
already have inbuilt rev limiting, so
you may choose not to implement
this feature.
Connections
The Shift Light Indicator (SLI) can
either connect to the tachometer signal
from the car’s ECU (engine control
unit) or to the ignition coil where there
is no ECU. We have catered for just
about every conceivable engine configuration: 1 to 12-cylinder 4-stroke, 1
to 6-cylinder 2-strokes and 2 & 3-cylinder asymmetrical 4-strokes.
Other connections required are
+12V power, 0V (chassis), ground and
to the fuel injectors.
siliconchip.com.au
Measuring engine revs
We measure engine revs in RPM
(revolutions per minute) by monitoring the tachometer signal from the car’s
ECU. This delivers one pulse for every
cylinder firing (ie, each spark plug firing). We also need to know the engine
FULL SOFT LIMITING
LIMIT LED4 ON
(HARD LIMIT ON)
LIMIT LED4 OFF
(HARD LIMIT OFF)
SHIFT3 LED OFF
SHIFT3 LED ON
SHIFT2 LED OFF
SHIFT2 LED ON
HYSTERESIS
SHIFT1
START OF SOFT LIMITING
Each shift point can be set and operates independently from the others.
While the software has them labelled
as Shift1, Shift2 and Shift3, they can
each be set anywhere between 0 and
about 12,500 RPM, in 25 RPM steps.
Setting shift points is easy and is done
with a trimpot that produces a voltage
directly proportional to RPM. So if a
shift point is required at 5500 RPM,
you set the trimpot wiper to 0.55V.
You then press a switch to store the
value.
The Shift LEDs light to indicate
RPM at and above the stored values,
as shown in Fig.1. An adjustment is
provided to prevent them from flickering on and off when the RPM is
hovering around the shift point. This
adjustment causes the Shift LEDs to go
out at an RPM lower than the shift setting. The difference in the thresholds
is called the “hysteresis”.
HYSTERESIS
SHIFT2
SHIFT1 LED OFF
Shift points
HYSTERESIS
SHIFT3
SHIFT1 LED ON
The SLI unit can be located in a
convenient location under the car’s
dashboard while the separate display
involving four high brightness LEDs
can be mounted on the dashboard. The
shift LEDs have automatic dimming so
that they will not be too bright when
driving at night but the Rev Limiter
does not have dimming – when it
comes on, you will be fully alerted!
RPM
HYSTERESIS
(LIMITING)
Fig.1: this diagram shows how the shift LEDs light to indicate RPM at and
above the stored values. Note that a degree of hysteresis is built into each
shift point, to prevent LED flicker at the critical values.
type (2 or 4-stroke) and the number
of cylinders in order to calculate engine RPM. For example, a 4-cylinder
4-stroke engine has two cylinder firings per revolution, a 6-cylinder has
three firings, a V8 has four firings per
rev and so on.
A particular problem in measuring
engine RPM is that we cannot just
count pulses over a one minute or even
10-second period. That would mean
that the SLI just would not react fast
enough. Instead, we could use a 300ms
period which gives a count of 10 for
a 4-cylinder 4-stroke engine running
at 1000 RPM.
But even this period is too long
when you consider how fast engine
RPM could change – it could easily
go from 1000 RPM to 6000 RPM or
more, in that short time. In addition,
a counting period of just 300ms means
that the RPM cannot be measured accurately. That previous count of 10
pules might mean the RPM is 900 or
1100 RPM, a 200-RPM uncertainty –
not very good.
There is a better way, as shown
in Fig.2, the block diagram of the
circuit.
Here the RPM signal from the engine is filtered to prevent triggering
on transient signals and then instead
of counting the pulses, we measure
How Rev Limiting Is Achieved
T
HIS PROJECT achieves rev limit
ing by cutting power to the fuel
injectors and this involves switching
the injector positive (+12V) supply
rail. This can be done using one of
two methods – either by using a relay
to switch the supply for hard limiting
or by pulse width modulating power
Mosfets to give soft limiting – ie, a
gradual reduction in engine power.
Fig.7(a) shows the standard fuel
injector setup. As can be seen, the
positive terminals of the fuel injectors
are all connected to a common +12V
supply rail. The engine management
siliconchip.com.au
computer (ECU) switches the negative
side of each injector.
Hard limiting is achieved by wiring
the relay in series between the positive
terminals of the fuel injectors and the
+12V injector supply rail. This relay,
which is controlled by the limiter
circuit, switches off the injectors (by
opening its contacts) when the rev
limit is reached and this immediately
cuts engine power. Fig.7(b) shows
this scheme.
Alternatively, soft limiting is achieved
by wiring two parallel power Mosfets
in series between the fuel injectors
and the +12V injector supply rail.
These Mosfets are then pulse width
modulated (PWM) by the limiter circuit
when the rev limit is reached, which
means that the injector supply rail is
also pulse width modulated.
The higher the revs go, the lower
the PWM duty cycle. As a result, the
engine power is gradually reduced
when the rev limit is reached. Fig.7(c)
shows this scheme.
Why do we also include the relay
in the soft limiting circuit? It’s there
for added reliability, as explained in
another panel.
February 2008 67
SHIFT1
(LED1)
COMPARE
IC1
PIC 16F88-I/P
RPM
SIGNAL
FILTERING
RB0
CAPTURED
COUNTER
VALUE
COUNTER
SHIFT 1
SETTING
RA6
SHIFT 2
SETTING
SHIFT2
(LED2)
RA7
COMPARE
RPM
SHIFT3
(LED3)
SHIFT3
SETTING
2MHz
SIGNAL
RPM
FACTOR
RA0
HARD/SOFT
LIMITING
RB4
RB1
RB3
RB2
LIMIT
(LED4)
COMPARE
8
4
2
COMPARE
AVERAGE
S3
BCD SWITCH
ENGINE
FORMAT
1
LIMIT
SETTING
COM
RA1/
RA2
Fig.2: block diagram of the Shift Indicator & Rev Limiter. It measures RPM by using the tacho signal to gate a 2MHz signal
into a counter. The counter value is then divided into the RPM factor as set by BCD switch S3 to give engine RPM.
the time between them, using a 2MHz
signal. What happens is that each firing
pulse gates the 2MHz signal to a counter. The next pulse places the count in
memory and clears the counter which
then proceeds to count again.
For example, if the RPM signal
is 33.333Hz, the counter will reach
60,000 between pulses. This value is
divided into the RPM factor which
for a 4-cylinder 4-stroke engine is 60
million. So in this case, the result of
the division is 1000 RPM.
Each RPM calculation takes 888ms;
well before a new count is available.
This RPM value is then compared
against the settings for shift1, shift2
and shift3.
ECU (LO). The ignition coil signal is
filtered using one or two 47nF capacitors (LK1 adds the second capacitor)
and then AC-coupled via a 2.2mF
capacitor to the next stage comprising a 100kW resistor and 16V zener
diode clamp (ZD2). Diodes D5 and D6
clamp the signal between +5.6V and
-0.6V before it is fed to the RB0 input
at pin 6 of IC1.
The inputs that connect to the BCD
switch and to the Select (S1) and Set
(S2) switches are normally pulled to
+5V via internal resistors. When the
respective switch is closed, its input
is pulled low.
Switches S1 and S2 are continuously monitored by IC1.
Circuit description
Engine selection
The full circuit is shown in Fig.3.
It is based on IC1, a PIC16F88-I/P
microcontroller which monitors the
RPM signal. It then makes the RPM
calculations and comparisons with the
set shift and limit levels and drives the
associated LEDs and limiting circuitry.
IC1 operates at 8MHz and is powered
from a 5V supply derived from 3-terminal regulator REG1.
Two RPM signal input options are
provided: either from the ignition coil
negative terminal (HI) via a 22kW resistor or the nominal 5V signal from the
BCD switch S3 selects the engine
type. This has four switches (at RB4,
RB3, RB1 & RB2) and provides 16
possible combinations, ranging from
all switches open to all closed.
The settings for S3 are checked by
IC1 when it is first powered up; this
sets the required engine type for RPM
calculations.
VR1 provides the RPM values for
the shift and limit settings. The series
30kW and 10kW resistors connected to
the trimpot’s wiper reduce the maximum voltage at TP1 to 1.25V.
68 Silicon Chip
In practice, VR1 is adjusted to provide the desired RPM voltage at TP1
and 1V is equivalent to 10,000 RPM.
So to set the RPM to 5500 RPM, VR1
is adjusted so that the voltage at TP1
is 0.55V.
Trimpot VR2 sets the hysteresis
range for each shift and limit setting.
A 5V setting at TP2 provides 500-RPM
hysteresis and 1V gives 100-RPM
hysteresis.
Trimpot VR3 sets the ambient light
threshold for dimming the LEDs. The
LEDs are bright enough to be easily
seen in daytime driving and therefore
need to be dimmed for night-time driving. The ambient light is monitored by
a Light Dependent Resistor (LDR1) and
it is connected in series with a 10kW
resistor and trimpot VR3 to provide a
voltage at IC1’s AN5 input.
The 10mF capacitor at the AN5 input averages out changes in ambient
light. This prevents the display rapidly
changing in brightness if passing along
a street lit area at night.
Dimming is achieved by driving the
LEDs with a duty cycle that can be
varied from 1.56% through to 100%
(full brightness) in 63 steps.
Microcontroller outputs
Apart from the three shift LED
outputs at pins 15, 16 & 17, there are
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 69
Fig.3: the circuit is based on PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller IC1. This stores the shift and limit settings and compares these against the incoming RPM
signal that’s fed to its RB0 input at pin 6. IC1 then drives shift LEDs1-3 at its RA6, RA7 & RA0 outputs accordingly. The RA1 output drives the soft
limiting circuitry (Q1, Q3, Q5 & Q5), while RA2 drives relay RLY1 via Q2 to provide the hard limiting option.
Fig.4: install the parts on the PC board as shown on this parts layout diagram. You can either mount LEDs1-4 & the
LDR on the main board as shown, or you can mount these parts on a separate display PC board (shown at bottom
right). The two boards are connected together via a 16-way ribbon cable fitted with IDC line plugs.
two rev limiting outputs at pins 18
& 1 (RA1 & RA2). Pin 1 (RA2) drives
transistor Q2 and this in turn drives
an external relay (RLY1) for the hard
limiting function. Diode D2 clamps
any back-EMF spikes produced by
the relay’s coil when the transistor is
switched off.
Pin 18 (RA1) drives transistor Q1
and this then drives the gates of Pchannel Mosfets Q4 & Q5 for the softlimiting function. Q4 & Q5 control
the positive supply to the motor’s fuel
injectors and this can be progressively
reduced by varying the duty cycle of
the pulse width modulation drive.
In operation, P-channel Mosfets Q4
& Q5 provide “high side” switching
of the injector supply rail. Normally,
the RA1 output at pin is set high to
turn on transistors Q1, Q4 & Q5 so
that the injectors are fully powered.
Above the set RPM limit, IC1’s RA1
output (pin 18) will switch Mosfets
Q4 & Q5 with a duty cycle which is
reduced gradually until there is no
injector drive once the motor is over
the set limit. The pulse frequency to
the injectors is 30.5Hz.
Mosfets Q4 & Q5 are driven in the
following way: when Q1 is switched
off, the base of transistor Q3 is pulled
high via a 2.2kW resistor to +12V. This
turns on Q3 and so its emitter pulls
the gates of Q4 & Q5 towards the +12V
supply and switches them off.
However, when Q1 is switched on,
Q3 is switched off and its emitter is
pulled down to 0V via diode D3. This
pulls the gates of Q4 & Q5 low and
switches them on.
Diode D4 is included to protect
Q4 & Q5 from the back-EMF spikes
produced by the injectors when they
turn off.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is derived from
the vehicle’s +12V rail via diode D1.
This provides protection if the supply
Table 2: Capacitor Codes
Value
47nF
10nF
mF Code IEC Code EIA Code
0.047mF 47n
473
0.01mF
10n
103
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
1
1
1
5
2
2
5
2
1
70 Silicon Chip
Value
100kW
30kW
22kW
10kW
2.2kW
1kW
220W
100W
47W 1W 5%
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
orange black orange brown
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
red red red brown
brown black red brown
red red brown brown
brown black brown brown
yellow violet black gold
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
orange black black red brown
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
red red black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
red red black black brown
brown black black black brown
not applicable
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: the mounting details for
REG1 & Mosfets Q4 & Q5. Each
device is electrically isolated
from the case using an insulating
washer and bush (see photo).
Make sure that all polarised parts are correctly oriented when installing
them on the board. The locating slot in the IDC header goes towards the
bottom edge. Don’t install the IC until the supply has been tested.
is connected the wrong way around.
A 16V zener diode (ZD1) clamps any
spike voltages which may occur on
the battery supply and further filtering is provided by the 100mF capacitor for the supply to REG1, a 7805 5V
regulator.
The 5V rail from REG1 is used to
power IC1.
Construction
The Shift Light Indicator is built
on a PC board coded 05102081 (101 x
81mm), while a separate display board
coded 05102082 (42 x 19mm) carries
the display LEDs. Alternatively, the
LEDs can be mounted on the main
board.
If you do elect to use the separate
display board, it’s connected back to
the main board via a 16-way ribbon
cable fitted with IDC headers (Fig.6).
As usual, begin construction by
checking the PC board for any defects
such as shorted tracks and breaks in
the copper. That done, check that the
hole sizes are correct. The holes for the
four corner mounting screws need to
be 3mm in diameter, while the holes
for the screw terminal blocks need to
be 1.2mm.
Check also that the PC board fits into
the box. If it doesn’t fit, use a small
file to round the corners until is does.
Fig.4 shows the parts layout on
siliconchip.com.au
the PC board. Start the assembly by
installing the wire links, followed by
the resistors. Table 1 shows the resistor
colour codes but you should also check
each one using a digital multimeter
before installing, as some colours can
be hard to read.
Next, install the PC stakes for test
points TP GND, TP1 & TP2. That done,
install the 2-way header for LK1.
Follow these with the diodes and
zener diodes, taking care to install
each with the correct orientation. Once
these parts are in, install a socket for
IC1 with its notched end towards Q2.
Don’t install the IC yet – that step
comes later.
The capacitors can go in next, again
taking care to ensure that the electrolytics are correctly oriented. That
DISPLAY BOARD
CONNECTOR
16-WAY IDC
CABLE
done, install transistors Q1-Q5 and
regulator REG1.
Note that REG1, Q4 & Q5 mount
with their leads protruding through
the bottom of the PC board by about
1mm. This will leave sufficient lead
length to allow the devices to be later
fastened to the side of the box.
Now install trimpots VR1-VR3 and
the BCD switch. The correct orientation for S3 is with its corner dot to the
lower left – see Fig.4. Switches S1 &
S2 can then be inserted. These two
switches will only fit on the PC board
with the correct orientation.
The next step is to mount the two
6.8mm PC spade terminals, the 16way IDC cable socket and the screw
terminal blocks. Note that the 4-way
terminal block consists of two 2-way
blocks which are joined by sliding
their moulded dovetails together.
Display board assembly
Fig.4 also shows the display board
assembly. It should only take a few
minutes to assemble.
There are a couple of options here
MAIN BOARD
CONNECTOR
GROMMET
PIN 1
LOCATING SPIGOT
SIDE OF
BOX
LOCATING SPIGOT
Fig.6: here’s how to make up the IDC cable that connects the display board
to the main board. The header plugs can be clamped together using a small
vice. Note the positions of the locating spigots on the plugs.
February 2008 71
Features & Specifications
Features
• Three independent shift indicator LEDs
• One RPM limit LED
• Adjustable hysteresis for each shift setting and at the limit
• Relay switching of injectors at limit (hard limiting)
• Alternative soft limiting using pulse width modulation (PWM)
• Suits most petrol engines, including asymmetrical cylinder types
• Automatic dimming of shift LEDs & adjustable minimum brightness
• Easy adjustment of shift and RPM limit settings
• Easy engine selection – suits all engine types from 1-12 cylinders
• Easy adjustment of soft limiting effect
Specifications
RPM accuracy: typically <2% at 25°C with a 5.0V supply.
Maximum shift & limit settings: 12,500 RPM for 1 to 12-cylinder 4-stroke
engines (1 to 6-cylinder 2-stroke).
Shift & limit RPM adjustment: 0 to >12,500 RPM in 25 RPM steps.
Adjustment for RPM using VR1: 1V = 10,000 RPM, 0.5V = 5000 RPM
(5.0V supply).
Hysteresis adjustment: 0-500 RPM in 2-RPM steps
Adjustment for hysteresis using VR2: 1V = 100 RPM, 5V = 500 RPM
(5.0V supply).
Shift and limiting response: RPM dependent (see Table 3). PWM limiting
response is slowed using effects.
Soft limiting PWM: 100% to 0% with a maximum of 250 steps over the
hysteresis RPM range at a 30.5Hz rate.
Soft limiting effects: PWM update after 1-16 PWM cycles, RPM
measurement averaging over 1-64 RPM values.
Dimming of shift LEDs: full range of 63 dimming steps from 1.5625%
to 100% using PWM at 122Hz. The 0% PWM is not included. Minimum
dimming can be adjusted to any one of the 63 settings.
when it comes to mounting the LEDs
and the LDR. One option is to bend the
LED leads at right angles about 8mm
from their bodies and install them so
that they sit at right angles to the PC
board as shown in the photo.
Similarly, the LDR’s leads can be
bent at right angles about 11mm from
its body before installing it on the
board. A 7mm-wide cardboard spacer
can be used to ensure that these parts
all sit the same distance above the
board.
Alternatively, you can push the
parts right down onto the board so
that the leads touch the board surface.
Another option is to mount the
LEDs and the LDR on the back of the
72 Silicon Chip
PC board. It all depends on how you
intend to ultimately mount the display
board on the dashboard. Which ever
option you choose though, be sure
to install each LED with the correct
orientation – the anode lead is always
the longer of the two. The LDR can go
in either way around.
Once these parts are in, install the
IDC socket.
The other option is to install the
LEDs and the LDR on the main PC
board. In that case, you will have to
later drill matching holes in the side
of the case.
Final assembly
A metal diecast case measuring
111 x 60 x 54mm is used to house the
main board. This makes for a rugged
assembly and provides heatsinking
for regulator REG1 and the two power
Mosfets (Q4 & Q5).
The first step here is to drill the four
mounting holes in the base for the
PC board. That done, fit four 10mm
spacers to the case, then mount the
board in position and secure it using
M3 x 6mm screws and nuts.
Having secured the board, bend the
leads for REG1, Q4 and Q5 so that their
metal tabs sit flat against the sides of
the case. Carefully mark out their tab
mounting holes, then remove the PC
board and drill these holes to 3mm.
Be sure to de-burr each hole using
an oversize drill, to give a clean, flat
surface (this is important to prevent
punch-through of the insulating washers when the devices are secured to
the case).
In addition, you will have to drill
three 9.5mm holes in the side of the
case to provide external wiring access.
These holes should be opposite (and
slightly above) the 2-way and 4-way
terminal blocks and the IDC header.
Use a small pilot drill to start these
holes, then ream them to size and
de-burr them before fitting the rubber
grommets.
Note: the hole opposite the IDC
header is not required if the LEDs and
LDR are mounted on the main board.
You will, however, have to drill five
holes to accept the LED bodies and to
allow light through to the LDR.
The PC board can now be reinstalled
and REG1, Q4 and Q5 secured to the
sides of the case. Note that their metal
tabs must be electrically isolated from
the case using TO-220 insulating
washers and mounting bushes – see
Fig.5. Each device is secured using an
M3 x 10mm screw and nut.
Once these devices have been secured, use a multimeter to confirm that
their metal tabs are indeed isolated
from the case.
The IDC cable can now be installed.
This is done by first rolling up the
cable and feeding it through the hole
opposite the IDC socket. The IDC plug
can then be attached, making sure that
the orientation is correct (see Fig.6).
Use a small vice to clamp the header
plugs together to secure the cable.
Testing the PC board
The first step in the test procedure
is to apply power to the +12V & 0V
siliconchip.com.au
terminals on the 4-way terminal block.
That done, check the voltage between
pins 14 & 5 on the IC socket. This
should be close to 5V (a range of 4.8V
and 5.2V is acceptable).
If the voltage is below 4.8V, check
for a short on the PC board. If there is
no voltage, check that diode D1 is the
right way around.
Assuming that everything is correct,
switch off and install IC1 in its socket.
It must be installed with its notched
end towards transistor Q2,
Next, apply power and adjust trimpot VR3 fully clockwise. Now press
switch S1 and check that LED1 lights.
Repeated pressings should now cause
LED2, LED3 and LED4 to light in
sequence, with only one LED on at a
time. These correspond to the settings
mode for Shift1, Shift2, Shift3 and
Limit respectively.
If S1 is now pressed again, LED
4 (Limit) should remain on while
LEDs1-3 should light up in sequence
at a relatively fast rate. This is the
soft limiting setting mode for the rev
limiting feature.
Pressing S1 yet again should turn
on just LED1, LED2 & LED3. This is
the selection for setting the minimum
dimming level.
Finally, pressing S1 again should
switch all the LEDs off. This returns
the unit to its normal mode, whereby
each LED lights when the incoming
RPM signal reaches its respective
threshold.
Threshold adjustments
As noted already, trimpots VR1 &
VR2 are used to set the Shift and Limit
thresholds and hysteresis values.
The first step it to set these values
for Shift1. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1: press switch S1 so that LED1
lights.
Step 2: attach a multimeter between
TP1 & TP GND and adjust VR1 to set
the desired RPM threshold. Note that
the voltage on TP1 is directly related
to the RPM setting, where 1V represents 10,000 RPM. To set a 4000 RPM
threshold, for example, adjust VR1 for
a reading of 0.4V (400mV).
Note also that, due to trimpot resolution, you may not be able to adjust
the voltage to better than within 5mV
(equivalent to 50 RPM) of the desired
value.
Step 3: connect a multimeter between
TP2 & TP GND.
Step 4: adjust VR2 to set the RPM
siliconchip.com.au
The PC board is mounted inside the case on 10mm spacers and secured using
M3 x 6mm screws. REG1, Q4 & Q5 are then bolted to the case – see Fig.5. Note
that the wiring to the fuel injectors is not required if you opt for hard limiting.
hysteresis value. This can be adjusted
from 0-500 RPM. Note that 5V at TP2
sets the hysteresis to 500 RPM, 4V
gives 400 RPM and so on.
Step 5: press Set switch S2 to program
the RPM threshold and hysteresis
adjustments for Shift1 into IC1. LED1
will now flash five times to indicate
that these settings have been saved.
Note: if you require the highest
possible accuracy, you will have to
scale the adjustment voltages to compensate for REG’s output (ie, if this is
not exactly +5V). In practice, it’s just
a matter of multiplying the threshold
RPM required by the measured supply
voltage and dividing the result by 5V.
For example, let’s say that you want
to set the RPM threshold to 4000 RPM
and that the supply voltage is 4.95V.
In that case, the calculation is 4000 x
4.95V/5V or 3960. So to adjust for 4000
RPM when the supply is 4.95V, you
must set VR1 to give 0.396V at TP1.
Step 6: press S1 so that LED2 lights
and repeat the above steps (through to
Step 5) to set the threshold and hysteresis values for Shift2. Repeat this
procedure to set the values for Shift3,
making sure each time that the correct
LED is selected.
Don’t forget to press S2 to save the
changes each time you adjust VR1 &
VR2 for each Shift setting. This must
be done before moving on to the next
Shift light, otherwise the settings will
not be saved.
Rev limit adjustments
Now for the rev limit adjustments.
Just follow these steps:
Step 1: press S1 after the Shift3 settings have been saved. This turns
LED4 (Limit) on, while all the other
LEDs are off.
Step 2: monitor the voltage at TP1
and adjust VR1 to set the rev limit.
As before, 1V is equivalent to 10,000
RPM so to set a limit of 6000 RPM, for
example, set VR1 for a reading of 0.6V.
Step 3: monitor TP2 and adjust VR2 to
set the rev limit hysteresis. In this case,
1V is equivalent to 100 RPM.
If you intend using PWM limiting
so that the engine power drops off
gradually, use an initial value of 500
RPM (5V at TP2). Alternatively, if you
intend using relay limiting, set the
value to 200 RPM (2V at TP2).
Step 4: press S2 to save these settings.
Step 5: press S1 to bring up the soft
February 2008 73
RLY1
(a) STANDARD INJECTOR WIRING
INJECTOR 4
INJECTOR 3
INJECTOR 2
INJECTOR 1
INJECTOR 4
INJECTOR 3
INJECTOR 2
INJECTOR 1
ECU
ECU
(b) WIRING FOR HARD LIMITING
87(NO)
B
RLY1
C(30)
SHIFT
INDICATOR
& REV
LIMITER
87a(NC)
INJECTOR 4
C(30)
87a(NC)
EXISTING +12V INJECTOR SUPPLY RAIL A
NEW
INJECTOR
SUPPLY RAIL
INJECTOR 3
87(NO)
INJECTOR 2
EXISTING +12V INJECTOR SUPPLY RAIL
INJECTOR 1
EXISTING +12V INJECTOR SUPPLY RAIL
ECU
(c) WIRING FOR SOFT LIMITING
Fig.7: these diagrams shows the standard fuel injector setup (a) plus the modifications required to wire in the limiter
circuit for hard limiting (b) or soft limiting (c). Be sure to use a relay with 30A contacts, as specified in the parts list.
Note that the relay (RLY1) is used in both the hard limiting and soft limiting circuits – see panel.
limiting adjustment mode – ie, LED4
lit and LEDs1-3 lighting in sequence.
Trimpot VR1 now adjusts the number of RPM calculations that are used
in averaging the RPM reading while
VR2 adjusts the rate at which the
PWM (pulse width modulation) that
provides the soft limiting changes.
Setting VR1 fully clockwise gives
an average of 64 RPM calculations,
while setting VR2 fully clockwise
gives 16 PWM cycles before changes
occur. Conversely, fully anticlockwise
settings for VR1 and VR2 give no averaging and a PWM that can change
with each cycle.
Setting both VR1 & VR2 to mid-way
would provide a suitable soft limiting
effect for most engines. However, if
the soft limiting subsequently proves
to be too soft, so that the engine RPM
overshoots the desired limit by a large
margin, then the trimpots should be
adjusted further anticlockwise.
Note that VR1 has an effect on both
the soft limiting smoothness and the
response time when it comes to limiting the engine RPM. VR2 only affects
the RPM limiting response speed.
Step 6: press S2 to save the soft limiting settings.
Dimming adjustments
Pressing S1 again brings up the
Surround the base
& leads of diode D4
with neutral cure
silicone
This view shows how power Mosfets Q4 & Q5 are bolted to the case and their
tabs isolated using insulating washers and bushes. REG1 mounts in similar
fashion – see also Fig.5. Note that diode D4’s leads should be surrounded with
neutral-cure silicone, to prevent them from vibrating and breaking.
74 Silicon Chip
dimming adjustment mode (LEDs1-3
all lit, LED 4 off).
It’s now just a matter of covering the
LDR sufficiently (both front and back)
to bring the LED brightness down to
the minimum level you require and
then pressing the Set switch (S2) to
save the setting. The three LEDs will
then flash five times to indicate that
this has now been stored.
Note that the above procedure is
best carried out in a room with a low
ambient light level (but not dark).
That done, adjust VR3 to set the
ambient light level threshold at which
dimming begins (this may take some
trial and error).
By the way, changing the 10mF
capacitor at pin 12 of IC1 to 1mF will
increase the rate at which the LEDs
dim or become brighter in response
to ambient light changes.
Installation
The unit is relatively straightforward to install and requires only a
limited amount of external wiring.
This involves wiring for the +12V
and ground (0V) connections, the rev
signal input and the connections to
the fuel injectors.
The +12V supply can be obtained
from the fusebox and must be switched
on (or off) by the ignition. Note, however, that this supply rail must remain
on when the engine is being cranked
(ie, when the starter motor is running).
The 0V rail can be connected to vehicle
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 main PC board, code
05102081, 101 x 81mm
1 display PC board coded
05102082, 42 x 19mm
1 diecast case, 111 x 60 x 54mm
1 SPDT 30A horn relay
1 relay base to suit horn relay
(optional)
3 2-way PC-mount screw terminals (5.08mm spacing)
1 PC-mount 0-F BCD DIL switch
(S3)
2 SPST micro tactile switches
(S1,S2)
2 16-way IDC PC-mount headers
2 16-way IDC line plugs
2 6.8mm PC-mount spade terminals
2 6.8mm insulated spade crimp
connectors
3 rubber grommets for 6mm
cable diameter
3 TO-220 silicone insulating
washers
3 3mm insulating bushes
4 M3 x 10mm tapped Nylon
standoffs
8 M3 x 6mm screws
3 M3 x 10mm screws
3 M3 nuts
chassis. These supply connections can
be run using medium-duty automotive
hook-up wire.
The rev signal can be from derived
from the coil’s negative terminal and
this wire connects to the HI input.
Alternatively, in a multi-coil car, you
can use the ECU tachometer signal and
this should go to the LO input.
Injector wiring
Fig.7(a) shows the basic set-up for
standard injector wiring. Note that
the engine management system (ECU)
switches the negative side of the fuel
injectors.
The first step is to disconnect the
injectors from their existing common
positive supply rail. After that, it depends on whether you are opting for
hard limiting or soft limiting.
If you are opting for hard limiting,
it’s simply a matter of wiring in the relay as shown in Fig.7(b). This involves
first connecting the vehicle’s existing
+12V injector supply rail to the relay’s
common (C) contact. The normally
siliconchip.com.au
1 2-way header with 2.54mm
spacing (LK1)
1 jumper plug (for LK1)
3 PC stakes
1 1m length of 16-way IDC cable
1 160mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire
1 1m length of figure-8 20A automotive wire
1 1m length of red medium-duty
automotive wire
1 1m length of black mediumduty automotive wire
Trimpots & LDR
2 1kW horizontal mount trimpots
(VR1,VR2)
1 500W horizontal mount trimpot
(VR3)
1 LDR (50kW light & 10MW dark
resistance) (LDR1)
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
programmed with 0510208A.
hex (IC1)
1 7805 3-terminal regulator
(REG1)
2 IRF9540 P-channel Mosfets
(Q4,Q5)
3 BC337 NPN transistors
(Q1-Q3)
2 1N4004 diodes (D1,D2)
1 UF4003 ultrafast diode (D3)
1 BY229 fast diode (D4)
2 1N4148 diodes (D5,D6)
2 16V 1W zener diodes
(ZD1,ZD2)
2 18V 1W zener diodes
(ZD3,ZD4)
1 5mm high-intensity green LED
(LED1)
1 5mm high-intensity yellow LED
(LED2)
2 5mm high-intensity red LEDs
(LED3,LED4)
Capacitors
3 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 2.2mF 63V PC electrolytic
2 47nF MKT polyester
1 10nF MKT polyester
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 100kW
2 1kW
1 30kW
5 220W
1 22kW 0.5W
2 100W
5 10kW
1 47W 1W
2 2.2kW
Why Use The Relay With Soft Limiting?
Strictly speaking, if you elect to use soft rev limiting, the relay shown in
Fig.7(c) is optional. However, we still recommend wiring it into circuit for a
couple of reasons.
First, by using the relay as shown, its NC contacts take the load off the
soft limiting Mosfets (Q4 & Q5) during normal engine operation. However, if
the rev limit is reached, the relay quickly opens and the Mosfets then take
over to provide the soft limiting function – ie, they pulse width modulate the
new injector supply rail.
Second, the relay’s contacts ensure that the injectors are still supplied
with power during normal running if the Mosfets become faulty or if a fault
develops in the unit which switches them off. For this reason, we strongly
recommend that you include the relay as shown in Fig.7(c) – it’s a worthwhile
safety and reliability feature.
closed (NC) contact is then connected
to the positive injector terminals.
Note that all wiring to the relay
contacts and to the injectors should
be run using 20A automotive cable.
Note also that, for hard limiting, no
connections are made to points A & B
on the circuit board.
Alternatively, if you are opting for
soft limiting, then you need to wire
the injectors as shown in Fig.7(c). In
this case, the vehicle’s existing injector
positive supply rail is connected to
point A on the main PC board. Point
B on the circuit board then becomes
the new injector positive supply rail.
February 2008 75
Table 3: BCD Switch Settings & Details For Various Engine Types
Frequency/
1000 RPM
Shift light
Response
<at> 1000 RPM
Shift light
Response
<at> 2000 RPM
Between each pulse
8.33Hz
120ms
60ms
Between each pulse
16.66Hz
60ms
30ms
Between each pulse
25Hz
40ms
20ms
Between each pulse
33.33Hz
30ms
15ms
2.5
Between each pulse
41.66Hz
24ms
12ms
50Hz
20ms
10ms
BCD Switch
Setting (S3)
Cylinders
(4-stroke)
Cylinders
(2-stroke)
Pulses
per RPM
RPM Counter
1
1
–
0.5
2
2
1
1
3
3
–
1.5
4
4
2
2
5
5
–
6
6
3
3
Between each
fourth pulse
8
8
4
4
Between each
fourth pulse
66.66Hz
15ms
7.5ms
9
Asymmetric
3-cylinder
–
3 over 2 RPM
Between each
fourth pulse
25Hz
80ms
40ms
A
10
5
5
Between each
fourth pulse
83.33Hz
12ms
6ms
B
Asymmetric
2-cylinder
–
2 over 2 RPM
Between each
fourth pulse
16.66Hz
120ms
60ms
C
12
6
6
Between each
fourth pulse
100Hz
10ms
5ms
The relay is also wired into circuit
as before. Once again, be sure to use
20A automotive cable for the wiring to
the injectors, the relay contacts and to
points A & B on the PC board.
Note that this wiring is run to the
main board by feeding it through the
adjacent rubber grommet and terminating it with spade crimp connectors.
These connectors are then plugged
into the A & B terminals.
Make sure that the crimp connections are nice and tight to ensure reliability and be sure to plug each into
its correct terminal. A ratchet-driving
crimping tool is a necessity here.
It’s vital that all wiring be installed
in a professional manner, to ensure
reliability. That means using proper
automotive connectors to terminate
the wiring and securing the wiring
with tape and cable ties.
Testing
Once the wiring is complete, set the
BCD switch to the number that suits
your engine – see Table 3.
That done, start the engine and rev
it to check that the shift & limit LEDs
light at their correct RPM values. If
Determining The Shift Points
How do you determine the best shift points to program into the Shift Indicator
& Rev Limiter? In most cases, it’s just a matter of driving the car and noting
down a sensible RPM value for each gear change. The values can then be
programmed into the unit, after which it’s simply a matter of monitoring the
LEDs to pick the gear-change points.
Alternatively, as mentioned in the text, you could set the three LEDs to
give a ‘ready’, ‘set’ and ‘go’ indication for each gear change.
The rev limit can simply be set to just under the tacho’s redline value. Note,
however, that many modern cars include rev limiting as part of their engine
management system. In that case, you won’t need the rev limiting feature
provided by this unit and it’s just a matter of leaving out the wiring between
this unit and the fuel injectors (you can also leave out the relay, power Mosfets
Q4 & Q5 and transistors Q1-Q3).
If you are modifying a car for racetrack use, then the shift points would be
set much more aggressively – typically at those points that provide maximum
acceleration. In some cases, you might want to set the shift points at close
to engine redline. In other cases, it may be a matter of picking the maximum
engine power points.
76 Silicon Chip
you haven’t yet programmed the unit,
the initial settings are 1000 RPM for
shift1, 2000 RPM for shift2, 3000 RPM
for shift 3 and 4000 RPM for the limit.
The hysteresis is 200 RPM for shift1
and 500 RPM for the other thresholds.
If the shift points are incorrect and
you are using the HI input, try installing link LK1 to change the input
filtering. Alternatively, if you are using
the LO input, LK1 has no effect and
no adjustments to the input filtering
should be necessary.
If the LEDs do not light at all, check
that the RPM input signal is correctly
connected.
Peak hold injectors
Finally, note that the soft limiting
option is not suitable for injectors that
operate with a so-called peak hold
drive. This is where an initial high
current is used to close the injector but
then the current is reduced by rapidly
switching the injector signal on and
off (this keeps the injector open but
with reduced power to the injector
solenoid).
Note, however, that you can use
the hard limiting option, provided
that the relay contacts can handle the
peak currents that drive this type of
injector.
How do you know whether you have
peak hold injectors? They will typically have a solenoid coil resistance
of less than 1W (normal injectors have
SC
a resistance of 4-5W).
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Microgram’s new hand-held Digital
Microscope range
Digital FM Stereo Encoder from
RF Power
MicroGram Computers have
a new range of Digital Microscopes for education, industry
and even advanced hobbyists.
With magnification up to 500
times, they provide high quality
microscopy video interfacing to
a PC through USB 2.0, allowing
easy installation and operation.
Magnification and focus are simple to control, while maintaining clear and steady images.
The images seen through the microscope’s eyepiece can
be shown on the computer’s monitor and saved on the hard
drive as an image (jpg) or as video (avi). In education, many
students can view the same subject at the same time. Students
can use these saved images for assignments or later study.
There are several
digital microscopes Contact:
in the range, along MicroGram Computers
with accessories PO Box 8202, Tumbi Umbi, NSW 2261
such as stands and Tel: (02) 4389 8444 Fax: (02) 4389 8388
eyepieces.
Website: www.microgram.com.au
RF Power have introduced a high-performance stereo encoder
to their range of FM
transmitters.
The encoder uses digital signal processing
(DSP) to accurately generate the entire composite stereo signal. The DSP produces very high quality audio and channel
separation without the audio phase shifts and other artifacts
present in analog encoders.
The encoder accepts AES/EBU or 3ID (BNC) digital inputs
as well as analog balanced audio.
An effective feed forward digital limiter limiter operating
on the final composite signal ensures the transmitted signal
remains within the licenced FM channel.
A user-selectable
audio processor is Contact:
also included which RF Power
is especially useful 24 Filip Way, West Swan Phone WA 6055
in remote and satel- Tel: (08) 94481995 Fax: (08) 94488140
lite re-transmission Website: www.rfpower.com.au
applications.
February is Amateur Radio Field Day Season
This month sees two of the country’s
largest and best-known amateur radio/
communications field days.
First, on Sunday 10 February, is the
Centre Victoria RadioFest, which will be
held at the Kyneton Racecourse, Campaspe Pl, Kyneton – about 50 minutes
from Melbourne.
This Field Day will feature the Australian launch of Icom’s D-STAR digital voice
and data mode, including D-STAR in
action and expert presentations of this
revolution in amateur radio. Entry tickets
(at $10 each) will go into a draw for a
D-STAR radio and other prizes. Children
12 and under are admitted free.
Of course, there will be the obligatory second-hand market and car boot
sales alley, along with numerous commercial and radio special interest group
displays.
Further details from www.radiofest.
amateurradio.com.au
One week later (Sunday 17 February)
is the southern hemisphere’s largest, the
Central Coast Field Day, held at Wyong
Race Course, Howarth St, Wyong – about
siliconchip.com.au
90 minutes north of Sydney (and right
next door to Wyong railway station).
The Central Coast Field Day, established in 1957, has grown to become
a “must visit” event for amateurs and
those interested in radio, communications and electronics over much of the
eastern seaboard.
Among other features will be
• Truckloads of preloved equipment at
giveaway prices in the flea market area.
• All major radio and electronic equipment suppliers together under one roof
with many dealers showing the latest
offerings and great bargains.
• Interesting technical lectures,
seminars and workshops Packet Radio
Computerised Communications Displays
Scanning and Dx Listening displays and
information.
• Vintage and historical radio exhibits
• Radio fox hunts
• Amateur television transmission
demonstrations
Admission is also $10 per person
with children under 12 free. Information (much more!) is available at www.
ccarc.org.au
ANTRIM
TRANSFORMERS
manufactured in
Australia by
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
harbuch<at>optusnet.com.au
Toroidal – Conventional Transformers
Power – Audio – Valve – ‘Specials’
Medical – Isolated – Stepup/down
Encased Power Supplies
Toroidal General
Construction
OUTER
INSULATION
OUTER
WINDING
WINDING
INSULATION
INNER
WINDING
CORE
CORE
INSULATION
Comprehensive data available:
www.harbuch.com.au
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl, HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476 5854 Fax (02) 9476 3231
February 2008 77
PICAXE VSM:
Getting It Going!
In this second part of our mini-series, Clive Seager talks us
through using the new PICAXE VSM simulation software.
L
ast month we introduced the new PICAXE VSM
software, which will allow you to simulate PICAXE
designs on the computer to see if they (or your software!) will do what you intended to do!
As well as a serious design tool, PICAXE VSM is also
a great way for beginners to experiment with PICAXEs –
without any risk of letting the smoke out! What’s more,
PICAXE VSM will help you with the circuit so that you
can actually build your PICAXE project.
Installation
To install the PICAXE VSM software download the demo
installation package (18MB) from www.picaxevsm.com
If you are on dial-up and prefer a CD your local PICAXE
distributor should be able to oblige.
The software is designed for Windows 2000, XP, and
Vista. 95, 98 and ME are not officially supported, however
many users have reported that the software does actually
run on these older Windows versions.
The software will run in restricted ‘demo’mode until
you purchase a licence key (you can still use the Rudolph
simulation sample described below in demo mode).
Registration is also carried out online, again at www.
picaxevsm.com, via secure credit card transaction, you
Overview Window
Object Selector
Design Area
Animation
Control Panel
78 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: you not only get the
simulation, you can also see the
program stepping through line-byline AND see the variables in another
window.
will receive an email with your key
shortly after purchase (VSM costs UK
₤49.99 (~AU$118 at press time). Use
the PICAXE VSM ‘Licence Manager’
utility to install your key and ‘unlock’
the full version.
Let’s Begin!
PICAXE VSM is a powerful piece
of software and so will naturally take
a little while to learn. To get started
the most important thing is to be
sitting comfortably with one hand
on the mouse and the other on the
keyboard!
As with most graphics packages,
the software uses keyboard shortcuts as well as the mouse.
These take a little while to get used to but you should very
quickly learn the shortcuts and appreciate how they speed
up use of the software.
So to learn basic navigation lets start by opening the
existing ‘AXE107 Rudolph.dsn’ example from the /
samples/(Demo Version Samples)/PICAXE folder. Then
move the mouse over the design and press the <Z> zoom,
<U> unzoom and <P> pan keyboard keys as you move
the mouse around the design – see how you can zoom
in and out very quickly by using keyboard and mouse at
the same time!
If you are already familiar with a different graphics/
PCB application that uses different shortcut keys, you
can easily customise ‘PICAXE VSM’ to your preferred
shortcut keys. To do this use the ‘System>Set Keyboard
Mapping’ menu.
Object Selector
While the sample design is open, let’s look at the different
parts of the screen. The main editing window is obviously
where you draw and edit your designs. To the left of this is
the ‘Object Selector’ list, that lists all objects (components)
currently used in the design. Above the ‘Object Selector’
is the ‘Overview’ window, which we will look at later.
At the top and left of the screen are menu bars, and at
the bottom of the screen is the ‘animation control panel’.
This looks like the buttons on a traditional tape recorder
(remember the days before CDs and MP3s?) – Play, Forward,
Pause and Stop.
Simulation
Click on the ‘Play’ button at the bottom left of the screen
and the Rudolph simulation will compile and start. When
you click on the animated pushbutton switch, a tune will
siliconchip.com.au
play on the piezo sounder (simulated via the computer’s
speaker) and the LEDs will flash.
The actual tune played will be decided by the resistance
of the LDR – varying light levels are simulated via the up
and down buttons beside the LDR (you may wish to zoom
in using the <Z> key).
While the simulation is playing click the pause button
at the bottom of the screen. This will pause the simulation
and open up a number of other ‘debug’ windows, which
show, for instance, the variable values and the PICAXE
program.
(Tip - you can select which PICAXE windows are automatically displayed by checking them in the ‘Debug’ menu
while the program is paused).
If so desired you can now also step through the PICAXE
program line by line, by clicking on the ‘Step into Source’
button on the Program window. You can also run at full
speed again by selecting the ‘Run’ button.
While the Program window is open, practice setting
‘break points’ by clicking at the left hand side of any program line – a red circle will appear.
This means the program will run until this particular
point and then stop – ideal for debugging those problem
programs. Try it out!
One final tip for simulation, if you want to step through
a program line-by-line right from the start, simply click
‘pause’ (rather than ‘play’) to start the simulation. This
will start the simulation and automatically break on the
first program line.
Our first circuit!
Now click File>New Design menu and select the default
template layout (this gives you a blank A4 paper size layout). It is good practice to give your design a title, so use
the ‘Design>Edit Design Properties’ menu to enter a title,
version number and your name. Also save the file now,
and remember to keep saving every so often as you work
through creating your masterpiece!
Now we need to build the design. To start with we will
February 2008 79
Fig.3: this is the list of
components you will require
for the Rudolph project.
Fig.2: use the ‘Design>Edit Design Properties’ menu to
enter a title, revision number and your name. Also save
the file now and remember to keep saving every so often as
you work through creating your masterpiece!
just create a straight copy of the existing Rudolph design
from scratch – you may find it useful to print it out to
copy.
The first thing is to add parts to our ‘Object Selector’.
To do this click on the small ‘P’ at the top of the ‘Object
Selector’ (which is a shortcut for the ‘Library>Pick Device’
menu).
We now have a list of 10,000+ components to search
through. This could be daunting but fortunately a very
powerful search facility and special ‘PICAXE’ category
enables us to quickly locate the parts you want! Start by
typing in ‘LED’, and then click on the ‘PICAXE’ category.
You will then have a much smaller list to choose from!
Double click on LED-RED and LED-GREEN. This will
add then to the Object Selector. Delete the ‘LED’ text and
change to ‘resistor’, then click on the PICAXE category
again. Double click on the 330W, 10kW and 22kW resistors.
Fig.4: there are two ways to display the PICAXE chip -– the
choice is yours (depending on which one you’re used to).
Then repeat this process for all the parts in Fig.3.
Note there are two options for the PICAXE chip, either
‘traditional’ schematic format (which has the power pins
hidden) or ‘IC’ layout. Choose whichever you prefer, then
close the ‘Pick Devices’ window.
Let’s draw!
First job is to drop the parts onto the screen, copying
the Rudolph design layout already used. Leave plenty of
space between components to start with, you can always
‘tidy up’ later.
To select the first part to drop, click on it in the ‘Object
Selector’. A preview of the item
will be shown in the ‘Overview’
window. Then move over the design and click to drop it in place.
You can then drop another of the
same component straight away, or
select a different component from
the Object Selector. When all the
components are placed click on
the ‘Selection Mode’ arrow (top
of the left hand toolbar) to move
out of ‘Component Mode’
If required components can
be rotated and mirrored to make
a neater schematic. To do this
right click over the component
and select the appropriate menu
option.
Fig.5: a very powerful search
facility and special ‘PICAXE’
category enables us to quickly
locate the wanted parts!
80 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Your components
names (R1, R2, R3
etc) should automatically be added
as the components
are dropped. If you
just get ‘R?’ instead
of a number make
sure that ‘Tools>Real
Time Annotation’
menu is enabled.
If necessary ‘R?’
can be changed to a
number simply by
double clicking the
label and editing.
You will also need
to add a couple of
‘Ground’ and ‘Power’ terminals. To do
this right click the
mouse and select
P l a c e > Te r m i n a l >
Ground and then
P l a c e > Te r m i n a l >
Power.
The default powFig.6: components can be rotated
er
rail is always
and mirrored to make a neater
5V, if you want to
schematic. To do this, right-click
change this (e.g. to
over the component and select the
appropriate popup menu option.
4.5V to simulate
3xAA cells) use the
‘Design>Configure Power Rails’ menu.
Wiring
Finally we need to wire the components together. Make
sure no part is currently selected (a useful tip is just to click
on a blank part of the screen to clear any selection) and
then move the mouse over a component pin. The mouse
cursor will change to the ‘pencil’ shape and you can then
click to start the wire.
Move the cursor to draw the wire, clicking wherever you
want to fix a corner. Finish the wire by clicking over the
second component pin (or on to another wire).
You cannot draw wires over labels or components, so
always leave plenty of room between parts. The wires will
automatically move if you later drag a connected component, so it is easy tidy up designs at a later point.
To delete a wire simply right click and select delete.
Segments of wires can also be individually dragged when
the wire is highlighted.
Note that you must specifically wire all parts together.
Two components pins placed ‘overlapping’ each other will
not be ‘electrically’ connected within the design.
PICAXE Program
Before the simulation can run we need to allocate a
PICAXE program to the PICAXE-08M component. This is
done via the ‘Source>Add/Remove Source File’ menu
but first you have to type in and save the PICAXE BASIC file!
This can be carried out using the normal PICAXE Programming Editor software, or the simple ‘Source Editor’
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: type in this test program and save it as a .bas BASIC
file in the same folder as your .dsn design file.
Fig.8: make sure the PICAXE chip (eg, U1) is highlighted as
the target processor. Then click ‘New’, select your file and
then click OK.
application provided with PICAXE VSM. Type in the test
program shown in Fig.7 and save it as a .bas BASIC file in
the same folder as your .dsn design file.
I recommend that you always use the same filename
stem to avoid confusion.
Back within PICAXE VSM select the ‘Source>Add/Remove Source File’ menu and make sure the PICAXE chip
(e.g. U1) is highlighted as the target processor. Then click
‘New’, select your file and then click OK.
If you now go back to the ‘Source’ menu you will see
your program file is now listed within the menu. If you
click on the filename it will now open within the ‘Source
Editor’. This is a very useful shortcut if you want to tweak
and save modifications to your BASIC program while
simulating and testing.
Run Your First Program.
Click ‘Play’ and if all is well your two Rudolph eye LEDs
should now start flashing every second! Congratulations,
that is your first PICAXE VSM design created and simulated.
To have a play with the LDR, switch and piezo have a look
at the example BASIC file provided within the ‘AXE107
Rudolph.dsn’ sample design file.
We’ve run out of space for this month. Next month we
will look at a couple more complex designs and learn
how to use some of the virtual instruments – voltmeter,
oscilloscope and even an I2C debugger!
SC
February 2008 81
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
More DC-to-AC Inverters
From The Valve Era
DC-to-AC inverters
were essential in
many rural areas
for powering mains
equipment from 32V
DC lighting plants.
Here we take a look at
the AWA VB-32
transistorised inverter
and the Ferris vibrator
inverter, the latter
often used to power
car radios.
M
These two views show the internal construction of the AWA VB-32 inverter
(photos taken after restoration). The germanium power transistors were
mounted on the finned heatsink.
86 Silicon Chip
ANY RADIOS DESIGNED for
rural areas ran off batteries during the valve era, since a mains supply
was often not available. Often, this
involved using separate batteries to
power the filament, bias and hightension (HT) circuits.
By contrast, those sets designed to
work from a 6V wet battery used a
vibrator power supply to derive a 90V
or 135V HT rail for the plate supply.
The filament wiring of the valves was
arranged so that they could run from
the 6V battery.
Other valve radios were designed
to work off 12V, 32V, 50V, 110V and
240V DC supplies (eg, from home lighting supplies and small town power
plants). In fact, 32V DC home lighting
plants were common in farming communities and other areas remote from
the reticulated 240V AC mains.
Unfortunately, not many appliances
were designed to work off 32V. As a
result, several manufacturers built
32V DC to 240V AC inverters to power
mains devices, such as radiograms and
later on, TV receivers. To my know
ledge, only Ferris radio produced a
32V DC-operated TV receiver, this
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the AWA VB-32 used four germanium transistors to provide push-pull drive to an output transformer. Q1, ZD1
and their associated parts form a protection circuit which switches off the inverter if the input voltage exceeds 36V.
being back in the valve black and
white era.
Vibrator inverters
In the June 2007 issue, we described
two vibrator type DC-to-AC inverters.
The larger of these – a Van Ruyten
200W unit – was designed to power
a TV receiver from a 32V supply. Ferris Radio also produced a small 30W
vibrator unit that could power AC/
battery portables (or other small low
drain devices) from 6, 12 or 32V DC
AWA VB-32 inverter
The development of high-power
germanium transistors during the early
1960s saw the demise of vibrator inverters. Transistorised 200W inverters
were quickly released by a number of
manufacturers, the AWA VB-32 being
just one example.
The VB-32 probably came onto the
market in the early 1960s and used
four germanium power output transistors in a flipflop-type oscillator circuit.
It produced nominally 60-65Hz 240V
AC at up to 180W from a supply of
32V DC.
The model I have is the VB-32
whereas the information I have is for
a VB-32QA, which is a later version.
siliconchip.com.au
The only difference between them
seems to be some minor changes to
component values plus the use of a
different transistor type for Q1.
Fig.1 shows the circuit details of
the unit. We’ll describe how it works
shortly.
Boning up on VB-32
Before commencing restoration of
the VB-32, I sat down and carefully
read the Technical Information and
Service Data booklet for this device.
From the content, it was obvious that
AWA thought that the servicemen of
that era needed some tuition on how
transistors worked.
This was probably a wise move, as
transistors were relatively new at that
time and servicemen were often not
very conversant with transistor theory
and practice. This particularly applied
to country servicemen, as they did not
have much access to training seminars
and courses. Instead, most (if not all) of
their training was through books and
correspondence courses – and there
was probably a lot of trial and error
learning as well.
At that time, transistors were almost
exclusively germanium PNP types.
With valves, the chassis was generally
more negative than the plate circuits,
which had positive HT applied to
them. By contrast, transistors were
current-operated devices. Those early
circuits usually had the positive rail
connected to chassis, operated from
quite low voltages, did not like short
circuits or heat and, of course, had to
be biased “on” to operate.
It was quite an education to read
the literature on the device. It gives
a blow-by-blow description of how
transistors work, describes the circuit
functions, sets out the adjustment
procedure for the over and undervoltage settings, and describes how to
do measurements around the circuit.
It even describes how the transistors
are mounted to prevent them from
being damaged.
Protection circuitry
It’s also worth noting that the design
includes features to ensure that the
transistors are not damaged by reverse
polarity or over-voltage. In addition,
there’s no on-off switch on the device,
to minimise voltage losses in the supply circuit.
Continuing the latter point, the manual includes notes specifying the size
of cable necessary between the 32V
February 2008 87
This is the AWA VB-32 inverter following restoration. It produced nominally
60-65Hz 240V AC at up to 180W from a supply of 32V DC.
This was also the reason for the overvoltage cut-out circuit in the inverter.
Together with the reverse voltage cutout circuit, this served to protect the
transistors from catastrophic failure.
High-power transistors were not cheap
in the 1950s and 1960s.
There are a couple of additional
features that are worth noting. First,
inductor L1 and its parallel 100nF
capacitor are broadly resonant at the
output frequency. This helps modify
the output waveform so that it is not
so much a square-wave but a waveform that more nearly approaches a
sinewave.
Second, thermistor TH3 in the output line provides a “soft” start feature,
so that the supply voltage builds up
to maximum over a short period of
time. This is not only kinder to the TV
receiver it is powering but also kinder
to the inverter itself.
Restoring the VB-32
battery bank and the inverter. If the
32V is connected back-to-front, no
damage occurs as the MR2 protection
diode does not conduct. As a result,
no voltage is applied to Q1 and relay
RLY1 can not operate to supply power
to the inverter circuitry.
The main purpose of the control
circuit at the left of Fig.1 is to turn the
inverter off if the input voltage exceeds
36V. In operation, zener diode MR1
sets the reference voltage, while trimpot VR1 sets the trip voltage. When the
input voltage exceeds 36V, the relay
switches off and removes power from
the inverter circuit.
In addition, the relay turns off if
the voltage goes below about 26V.
This protects the 32V battery bank
from damage due to deep discharge.
When the relay is off, its NC contacts
apply power to an indicator light on
the front of the unit to indicate high
or low supply voltage.
Bad practice
In the manual, AWA suggests that
the inverter could be tapped down the
battery bank if the supply voltage was
too high. However, this would mean
that most of the battery bank would be
discharged by the inverter but a cell
or two would remain at full charge, as
they were not part of the circuit. As a
result, these cells would be regularly
overcharged which is bad practice.
Of course, this would be only likely
to occur if the 32V lighting system
was in fact set up as a 34V or 36V
system. This was sometimes done
to overcome voltage losses over long
supply cables.
These paper
capacitors from the
AWA VB-32 inverter
all failed highvoltage leakage tests
and were replaced
with modern
polyester types.
88 Silicon Chip
I had hoped to restore my VB-32
inverter some time ago but had been
unable to find the technical notes or
a circuit until recently. When these
items were finally obtained, I set to
work and removed the top cover which
also exposes the sides of the unit.
Two iron-cored transformers and a
choke are the most noticeable components, along with several wirewound
resistors and capacitors (including
some paper types). No horrible smells
greeted me and nothing looked the
worse for wear. The plastic insulation
around the two electrolytic capacitors
had shrunk but they subsequently
proved to be in good working order.
Based on previous experience, I
was particularly interested in the
condition of all the paper capacitors.
This was heightened by that fact that
when restoring a Van Ruyten inverter
some time ago, I found several paper
capacitors with their insides on the
outside.
Anyway, I tested them all on my
high-voltage leakage meter and none
of them passed the test. It’s interesting
to note that one of these capacitors was
rated at 1600V and another at 1000V. I
would have thought that these two at
least wouldn’t have had much leakage
but they did.
In the end, the low-voltage units
were replaced with polyester types
with the same ratings. However, I
couldn’t do this with the two highvoltage types, so I used two capacitors
siliconchip.com.au
L1 CHOKE
+
S1
22
0.5W
BATTERY
C1
1nF
C2
500nF
200V
C3
500nF
200V
–
R1
VIBRATOR
C4
100nF
C5
100nF
22
0.5W
R2
T1
C6
250nF
400V
OUTPUT
GPO
C7
250nF
400V
FERRIS VIBRATOR TYPE INVERTER UNIT
Fig.2: the Ferris inverter used a vibrator to drive the output transformer. This basic circuit could be made to operate
from 6V, 12V or 32V DC simply by changing the transformer, the vibrator itself and one or two small components.
in series in each case (both double the
original value) to obtain the required
voltage rating.
By the way, a 10nF 1600V capacitor
isn’t shown on the circuit diagram.
It’s wired between the active 240V
output terminal and the chassis of
the inverter.
Next, I checked the over-voltage
relay RLY1 and found that one set of
contacts had badly tarnished. In fact,
they were so bad that my multimeter
indicated an open circuit between
them when they were closed. They
were cleaned by holding the contacts
closed while rubbing fine wet and dry
paper between them.
Having fixed the relay, I then dusted
out the cabinet with a small paintbrush, after which I cleaned all the
surfaces using household kerosene on
a rag. This works well and leaves the
metalwork with a slightly bright appearance, although there are a few
obvious “wear and tear” marks in
various places.
Having done all that, it was
time for the smoke test (well
hopefully, there wouldn’t be
any smoke). There is a fuse in
the positive line in the inverter
and as my 32V power supply is only
capable of supplying around 3A, I
wasn’t expecting any problems.
I connected the supply, switched
on and the inverter immediately produced a low-frequency buzz, indicating that it was working. What’s more,
it immediately lit a 25W globe that was
plugged into the outlet socket.
In short then, this inverter is solidly
made, with the circuitry well protected against over and under-voltage
as well as reversed polarity. However,
the control circuitry could have been
made easier to get at, as there is plenty
of room in the case.
siliconchip.com.au
In addition, the technical notes
that were supplied by AWA are a real
bonus. They are quite extensive and
would have been very helpful to any
serviceman who was unfamiliar with
transistor equipment at that time.
On the downside, the wiring could
have been tidier but it must be remembered that this unit was built at the
start of the transistor era. The VB-32
may not be for every collector but for
those who specialise in 32V equipment, it’s well worth having.
The Ferris inverter unit
The next inverter that I want to
describe was made by Ferris Radio.
Ferris, for some reason best known to
themselves, did not give this unit a
model number, however.
It’s worth noting that Ferris came up
with a number of niche market devices
over the years and this inverter from
around 1954 is one of them. The circuit
was basically designed to operate off
6V, 12V or 32V DC simply by changing
the transformer, the vibrator itself and
one or two small components.
The unit’s purpose was to power
small 240V AC devices with a maximum power rating of 30W. However,
unlike the Bland Radio inverter described in the June 2007 issue, the
Ferris unit was designed to minimise
radio (RF) interference, being fitted
with a reasonable amount of filtering.
As a result, it could be used on lowdrain AC radios such as AC/battery
valve portables.
In fixed installations, the Ferris
Fig.2: this photo shows the Ferris inverter after restoration. It was designed
to power small appliances rated up to about 30W.
February 2008 89
output socket. From there, the supply
goes to the vibrator transformer and
the vibrator.
The resistors and capacitors across
the primary and secondary of the
transformer act as both buffer capacitors and interference suppressors. The
AC output of the unit has a frequency
of about 100Hz, this being the vibrator
frequency.
Cleaning up the case
This is the view inside the Ferris inverter, from the top. The vibrator unit is
located at bottom centre, immediately to the right of the transformer.
The case of my unit had been
mounted on a car firewall and carried quite a few marks. Most of these
marks came off when it was given a
rub-down using a cloth moistened
with household kerosene. That done,
a kitchen scouring-pad was used to
remove some of the more stubborn
marks while taking care not to damage the paint.
I did consider repainting the case
but in the end decided that it wasn’t
sufficiently marked to warrant the
trouble. The 240V power point was
given a rub over with car cut and
polish and it came up looking almost
like new.
Overhauling the electronics
The original paper capacitors in the Ferris inverter were all leaky and
were replaced. The two resistors were also changed.
This view shows underside of the Ferris inverter after restoration. The
paper capacitors were replaced with polyester units.
inverter could be mounted in a farmhouse and supplied with 32V from
the lighting plant. Alternatively, for
powering a car radio, a 12V version
could be mounted on the firewall of
the vehicle.
The circuit of the Ferris inverter is
relatively simple – see Fig.2. Power is
applied to the unit via a shielded cable,
90 Silicon Chip
which has a metal-cased fuseholder in
series. This shielded cable is designed
to assist with filtering any interference
on the power input line.
Inside the case, the supply is further
filtered using three capacitors and an
RF choke arranged in a “pi” network.
Following the filter, the supply input then goes to the switch on the AC
The case of the Ferris unit is opened
by removing four screws in both the
top and bottom covers. This showed
that the internal assembly was still in
quite reasonable condition.
Once again, after my experience
with the Van Ruyten inverter, I looked
closely at the buffer capacitors. I tested
C4, C5, C6 & C7 and found that they
were all leaky so they were replaced
with new polyester capacitors.
Resistors give very little trouble
usually but when I tested the 22W two
resistors (R1 & R2) in this unit, I found
that one measured 30W and the other
varied between 30W and 500kW. As a
result, they were both replaced.
Because the resistors were faulty, it
was also quite possible that the vibrator itself had been damaged. To check
this, I dismantled the vibrator and this
revealed that there had been severe
sparking at the points.
Initially, I attempted to clean the
contacts by sliding a small piece of
fine wet and dry paper between them,
while applying light pressure with my
fingers to keep the points together,
Unfortunately though, after cleaning
them, I was unable to get continuity
across the points.
I suspect that the points themselves
siliconchip.com.au
were OK but were not making electrical contact where they were attached
to the vibrating assembly. In the end, I
gave up trying to get the original vibrator to work and substituted a new one
from my parts collection.
Next, I checked the fuse and although this was intact, its rating
(15A) was too high. In fact, the unit
should draw no more than about 4A.
I replaced the fuse with a 5A unit so
that the device would be protected if
a severe short were to occur.
Photo Gallery: 1949 Astor Model GJ
Testing the Ferris unit
Before applying power, I checked
for shorts between the input and the
case. These checks proved to be OK so
I connected the supply and switched
on. The result? – nothing happened!
Initially, I thought that there might
be a problem which had blown the
fuse but this was found to be OK. I
then checked further and found that
the inner power lead was continuous
but there was a break somewhere in
the outer braid.
I cut the terminals off the end of
the cable and slid the fabric cover off.
The braid was extremely corroded
and in one spot it was just a bunch of
oxidised strands with no conductivity
across them. As a result, I completely
replaced the cable – it was just too
badly corroded to salvage.
I used some shielded hook-up
wire to replace the original cable but
slipped the fabric cover back over
this new cable so that it looked like
the original.
Once this was done, I reconnected
power to the inverter and it quite happily supplied power to a 25W 240V
globe. I then tried a portable radio near
the inverter and found that the weak
stations were drowned out by the interference. However, the stronger stations
suffered very little interference.
In practice, the interference along
the 12V line was low but was quite
THE FIRST AUSTRALIAN RADIO IN A BAKELITE case was the AWA C87,
launched in 1932. It was a 3-valve set and the valve line-up was as follows:
35 RF amplifier, regenerative 24 detector and 47 audio amplifier. This set is
now one of the most sought-after by vintage radio collectors. Photo: Kevin
Poulter, for the Historical Radio Society of Australia.
pronounced near the 240V AC output.
Perhaps if Ferris had paid as much attention to filtering of the output as they
did to the input, this unit would have
been able to power portable radios
with virtually no interference.
In summary, the little Ferris inverter
is quite a good performer and is a much
better unit that the Bland Radio unit
described in June 2007. It has a better
vibrator buffer system and better RF
SC
filtering.
Looking for real performance?
•
•
•
•
Learn how engine management systems work
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
RS
Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixtures and brake & temperature
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. Order by phoning (02) 9939
3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque
or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
From the publis
hers of
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 095852
294
-4
TURBO BO
OST
&
nitrous fuel con
9 78095
8
5229
46
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
trollers
How engin
e
management
works
February 2008 91
This solar battery charger
uses a compact 6V solar
panel to charge 12V
sealed lead acid or
conventional car
batteries. That sounds
a little odd but the
circuit employs a
voltage step-up to
extract good efficiency
from the panel.
Design by Branko Justic*
MINI SOLAR BAT
T
here is any number of applications where this Mini
Solar Battery Charger could be put to work. For
example, if you have a seldom-used boat which is
stored out in the open, whether on a trailer or swinging
on a mooring, this solar panel and charger could keep the
battery permanently topped up so that it would not risk
sulphation.
Maybe you have a caravan which spends most of its time
unattended? The same comments apply.
Or you might use the panel in conjunction with a sealed
lead acid (SLA) battery to provide permanent power for a
device which is not close to mains power.
Why a 6V solar panel for a 12V battery?
You might wonder why the circuit uses a 6V panel with
voltage step-up rather than a more conventional approach
of a 12V panel and a simpler regulator circuit.
The reason is that solar panels have their maximum
power output at somewhat higher than their nominal voltage. For example, a typical 12V solar panel will deliver its
maximum output at around 16V or thereabouts when it is
fully illuminated by the Sun.
That means that to get the maximum charging efficiency
at all times, a fairly complex boost/buck switchmode charging circuit must be used when charging 12V batteries.
For similar reasons, a 6V panel will deliver its maximum
output at around 8V and it makes sense to double its output to charge a 12V SLA battery. Then if the battery is up
92 Silicon Chip
to full charge (say 13.6V), the inclusion of a simple shunt
regulator will prevent over-charging.
The 6V panel used for this project comes in a sturdy
aluminium frame and measures 395 x 160mm, although
the active cell area is less than this, at 314 x 123mm.
In the photo opposite (where the ratings panel is highlighted), it shows the output is rated at 4W, with a Vmp of
8.5V and Imp of 0.47A. The panel’s open-circuit voltage
(Voc) is 10.6V and its short-circuit current (Isc) is 0.5A.
So those are the voltage and current parameters we are
working with.
The panel is coupled to the charger circuit of Fig.1. This
circuit is divided into two parts, the DC-DC Converter
(voltage step-up) and the Shunt Regulator. The DC-DC
Converter comprises a 4093 CMOS quad NAND Schmitt
Trigger gate package (IC1), two Mosfets (Q1 & Q2) and five
diodes (D1 – D5).
IC1b is connected as a square wave oscillator running
at around 4kHz, as determined by the 120kW resistor and
2.2nF capacitor. Its output is fed to gates IC1a & IC1c which
drive Mosfets Q1 & Q2 in complementary fashion, ie, when
Q1 is on, Q2 is off and vice versa.
Both gates IC1a & IC1c have RC networks at their inputs
to delay the clock pulses from IC1b while diodes D1 &
D2 are included to insure that the respective Mosfets are
switched off quickly.
The inclusion of the RC network components assures
that the two Mosfets can never be on at the same time, no
siliconchip.com.au
TTERY CHARGER
matter how short the time may be: This would effectively
place a short circuit across the supply and could blow the
Mosfets.
The output from the complementary Mosfets is used to
drive a cascade voltage doubler, also known as a “diode
pump” consisting of Schottky diodes D4 & D5 and the two
100mF 35V capacitors, C1 & C2. The voltage developed
across C2 would exceed 14V DC but is ultimately limited by
the following shunt regulator circuit involving Darlington
transistor Q3 and its associated components. The rate of
charge depends on the battery under charge but with the
4W solar panel supplied for this design, the charging rate
is around 250mA or thereabouts.
Shunt regulator
The shunt regulator circuit consists of Q3 (the already
mentioned TIP117 Darlington transistor), zener diode ZD1
(12V) and diode D6. Nothing happens in the shunt regula-
Here’s the back of
the solar panel used
in this project, with
the specifications
panel highlighted.
Maximum opencircuit voltage is
10.6V while the
short-circuit current
is 0.5A.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2008 93
DC-DC CONVERTER SECTION
+
D4
A
D3
1N5817-8-9
100 F
16V
SHUNT REGULATOR
D5
K
A
1N5817-8-9
A
D7
A
K
1N5817-8-9
K
+
1N5817-8-9
K
D1
1N4148
120k
5
FROM
SOLAR
PANEL
IC1b
10 F
16V
A
K
2
6
2.2nF
A
3
S
G
IC1a
12
IC1:
4093
D2
1N4148
2.2nF
14
1
12k
4
C1
100 F
35V
D
IC1d
Q1
2SJ607
600
8
B
A
11
13
9
1N4148
10
G
S
7
2.2nF
C
D6
TO
BATTERY
K
Q2
2SK3812 OR
SDP85N03L
D
IC1c
Q3
TIP117
10k
C2
100 F
35V
K
12k
E
K
ZD1
12V
A
–
–
1N4148
A
ZD1
1N5817-8-9
K
A
A
K
K
SOLAR POWER REGULATOR
SC
2008
Q1, Q2
G
C
TIP117
D
B
S
C
E
Fig.1: the circuit diagram. We’ve broken it into two sections for ease of understanding – most of the work is
done by the DC-DC converter while the shunt regulator only operates when the battery is charged.
tor circuit until the voltage across the zener diode is high
enough for it to conduct. For that to happen, diode D6 and
the base-emitter junction of Q3 also must be forward biased.
For that to happen, the total voltage across that string must
therefore be 12V + 0.6V + 1.2V = 13.8V. When the voltage
across Q3 rises to this level, it effectively becomes a high
power zener diode and conducts heavily to prevent any
further voltage rise.
In other words, Q3 “regulates” the voltage by “shunting
off” the excess.
Finally, the Schottky diode D7 further drops the voltage
being fed to the battery to about 13.6V, by dint of its forward
voltage drop of around 0.2V. Diode D7 also serves as an
isolating diode and prevents the shunt from operating if
74
HEATSINK
CUT FROM 1.3mm
ALUMINIUM SHEET
50
24
70
38
Q3
G
TIP117
D (UNDER
BOARD)
12V
+
ZD1
100 F
100 F
D5
SOLAR PANEL
D7
– +
S
D4
BATTERY
IN5819
94 Silicon Chip
A152K
– +
+
100 F
G
Q1
Q2
(UNDER D
BOARD)
+
D6
10 F
+
S
4148
12k
2.2nF
4093
D2
31
IC1
D1
2.2nF
2.2nF
4148
12k
120k
MOC.SCINORTCELEYELTAO C
D3
Fig.2 (left): the
component
overlay with its
aluminium heatsink attached.
The photo at right
shows exactly the
same thing for
comparison.
siliconchip.com.au
PARTS LIST – Mini Solar Battery Charger
1 PC board,74 x 54mm, coded OE-K251A
1 plastic case to suit PC board
1 14-pin IC socket
2 2-way screw terminals with 5mm spacing
2 6mm self-tapping screws
1 3mm diam. 10mm long screw with nut and washer
Semiconductors
1 4093 quad Schmitt NAND gate (IC1)
1 2SJ607 P-channel Mosfet (Q1)
1 2SK3812 N-channel Mosfet (Q2)
1 TIP117 Darlington PNP Transistor (Q3)
3 1N4148 signal diodes (D1,D2,D6)
4 IN5817 Schottky diodes (D3-D5,D7)
1 12V 400mW zener diode (ZD1)
Capacitors
2 100mF 35V PC electrolytic (C1,C2)
1 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
3 2.2nF MKT polyester or disc ceramic
the battery voltage rises to above 13.8V while it is being
charged by other means: alternator, charger etc.
Note that shunt regulators are inherently inefficient and
in fact, in this circuit, once the battery has come up to full
voltage, Q3 dissipates 100% of the boost circuit’s output,
ie, is 0% efficient. This also means that Q3 will dissipate
about 3 watts and it will need a heatsink.
The heatsink is the one “component” not supplied in the
kit. You’ll need to find a small piece of aluminium about
75mm or so square and cut it to shape to suit the PC board.
While 1.3mm aluminium is specified, if you have slightly
thicker, use it. In fact, thicker will make a better heatsink.
We wouldn’t go any thinner though.
The dimensions are shown on the component overlay. It
also needs a hole for the bolt – the quickest way to get its
position is to bring the heatsink and PC board together and
mark the bolt hole position from the hole in the PC board.
At least that way you’ll know they’ll match!
Resistors (0.25W 5%)
1 120kW
2 12kW
This project was designed by Oatley Electronics, who
hold the copyright on the project and PC board pattern.
A complete kit for this project, which includes the
solar panel, PC board, components, case and 12V 7Ah
battery is available from Oatley Electronics for $79.00.
Individual components are also available:
The solar panel – $36.00; Electronics kit – $18.00;
and 12V 7Ah battery – $25.00
Contact: Oatley Electronics Pty Ltd.
PO BOX 89, OATLEY, NSW 2223, AUSTRALIA
Phone: 02 9584 3563
website: www.oatleyelectronics.com
* Oatley Electronics Pty Ltd
not you use an IC socket) make sure its notch points to the
right, as shown on the component overlay. Otherwise you’ll
almost certainly let its smoke out and as we all know, to
work projects need the smoke to stay inside.
The TIP117 Darlington transistor also requires special
mention. Two of its leads, the emitter and base, solder to
the PC board in the normal way but its collector connects
to the copper via the small bolt and nut which holds it and
the heatsink in position.
The easiest way to make sure that the hole in the transistor lines up with the hole in the PC board is to mount it,
with its heatsink underneath, onto the PC board with its
Board assembly
All the components for this project are mounted on a PC
board measuring 74 x 54mm and coded OE-K251A. The
major point of interest about the PC board is that the two
Mosfets (Q1 & Q2) are surface-mount devices which have
their bodies soldered directly to the underside. This is the
first step in the assembly.
You can do this by first tinning the leads with solder.
Then hold the Mosfets in place with a clothes peg or similar
spring clamp. They’re pretty small so you must make sure
you get them into the right spot before soldering and that
they don’t move during soldering.
You might need to apply a little extra solder to ensure
the leads are actually soldered to the PC board.
Once these are done, proceed as you would for any
project: solder the lowest components such as the 1N4148
diodes and work your way up to the tallest capacitors.
Leave the 4093 IC until last just to make sure you don’t
damage it. When you’re ready to solder it (and whether or
siliconchip.com.au
This oscilloscope screen shot illustrates the operation of
the DC-DC converter section of the circuit. The top trace
(yellow) is the oscillator output from pin 4 of IC1, running
at 7.6kHz. Traces 2 & 3 (magenta and cyan) show the
delayed gate drive signals to the complementary Mosfets,
Q1 & Q2. Finally, the green trace shows the waveform at
the commoned drains of Q1 & Q2 and this drives the diode
pump circuit involving D4 & D5.
February 2008 95
The regulator with its heatsink mounted inside the plastic
case supplied with the kit (left). Above the same case is
shown in its closed position. Provision is made for cables
to emerge from the bottom of the case (handy when used
outdoors!).
bolt and nut. You only need to do the nut up finger-tight
just now. Bend the base and emitter leads down at the
appropriate point so they will go through their holes in
the PC board.
If you have a brass bolt and nut, it’s a good idea to solder
the nut to the PC board copper to make absolutely sure it’s
making good contact. The same can be done for steel nuts
but usually these have a nickel coating which makes them
difficult to solder.
(Don’t know if you have a steel or brass nut? Try a magnet – if it picks up it’s steel!)
Mounting in the case
If you are building the project from the complete Oatley
kit, it will come with a small case (as shown above) which
is a perfect fit for the PC board and heatsink (you’d almost
think they were designed that way . . .).
Even the two mounting holes on the bottom of the PC
board line up with mounting pillars inside the case.
Using it
If everything has been assembled correctly, it should
work properly first up. There are no adjustments or controls
to worry about.
Connect the solar panel and battery with polarity-marked
cable – polarised figure 8 is ideal – to the appropriate
terminal blocks (again, watch the polarity – make sure +
goes to + and - goes to -).
Measure the voltage in from the solar panel and compare
it to the voltage out across C2 (if you measure the output
terminals you’re likely to be reading the battery voltage).
If the panel voltage is ~6-8V and the voltage out is >12V,
the circuit is working correctly. After a full day’s charge
in the sun you should find the heatsink gets quite warm,
indicating that the shunt regulator section is also working
correctly.
SC
Expertise From SILICON CHIP
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
RS
Completely NEW projects – the result of two years research & development
• Learn how engine management systems work
• Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
• Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixtures and brake & temperature
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. Order by
phoning (02) 9979 5644 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9979
6503; or mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
96 Silicon Chip
From the publishers of
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 095852294 - 4
9 780958 522946
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ $22.00 (inc GST)
TURBO BOOST
& nitrous fuel controllers
How engine
management works
siliconchip.com.au
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Connecting an MP3
player to a hifi system
A common problem my teenage son
has is that the output of his MP3 player
is not enough to drive the amplifier
input of hifi and not so hifi systems,
such as in cars or standalone systems.
The result is a flat battery and poor
audio because the volume needs to
be on full.
Can anything be done to match the
output of an MP3 player to the input
of a stereo system? R. K., Armidale,
NSW).
• Most MP3 players will deliver
a nominal 770mV or even 1V RMS
to drive the headphones and this is
suitable for connection to a power
amplifier without any need to boost
the signal. The actual level used
should not have much effect on the
MP3 player’s battery life.
The problem you might have is that
the MP3 player’s output may require
a load that is a lower resistance than
the nominal 47kW input impedance of
a typical power amplifier. The load is
required to set up the MP3 amplifier’s
DC conditions. With some MP3 players, the audio will not be available (or
will be distorted) until a suitable load
is connected.
In practice, you may need to add a
load resistor between each of the left
and right channel outputs and ground
before the MP3 player can be used
successfully with a power amplifier.
100W resistors should be adequate
although you may need to go as low
as 47W or 39W.
Open circuit
inputs to mixer
I recently completed the Versatile
4-Input Mixer featured in the June
2007 issue of SILICON CHIP. I encountered no problems during the construction and when I went through all of
the suggested checks at the end of the
article, all readings were right on the
button. The headphone check also
performed as stated in the text.
However, when tested with a guitar
and microphone, I get no output except
a loud hiss when the input levels and
volume are up. There is not even a
small output from the guitar and mic
to be heard under the hiss. As stated
above, the unit checks out perfectly
on the testbench. Any ideas on this
would be greatly appreciated. (G. G.,
Wollongong, NSW).
• Assuming that you have the correct
voltages on the pins of IC1 and IC2,
the fault must be an open-circuit in
the respective input stages. If you are
getting plenty of hiss when you wind
up the respective gain controls, there
must be open-circuit components or
tracks in the inputs to the op amps.
Using a Crane
optical trigger
I have installed a High-Energy Ignition Module (Jaycar KC5247) and using points to the trigger module works
OK. Could I use a Crane optical sensor
with trigger wheel to trigger the ignition module and what modifications
would be needed?
Also, can the optical sensor replace
the Hall effect unit and use the Hall
effect circuit layout? The optical sensor has three wires: +12V, 0V and a
Proposed Layout Changes To Class-A Amplifier
I am currently purchasing your
new Class-A amplifier modules from
Altronics. All the parts seem to be
available except for the case and the
nearest in the catalog is 65mm less
in depth at 360mm. As I intend not
to include your preamp (I built the
separate earlier one), I should have
room to move things about. What
do I need to keep well spaced? I
will keep the general layout as per
your article.
Can I move the left and right
power amplifiers off-centre on the
heatsinks, closer to the front panel,
thus allowing other bits to be moved
forward in relation? Can the speaker
protector board be moved close to
the amplifiers without risk of noise
induction? Can the bridge rectifier be
siliconchip.com.au
moved? All I know for sure is that
the power transformer needs to be
spaced as much as possible.
I could alternatively mount the
transformer in a separate box. In that
case do you have the rectifier in the
same box with a DC output or is AC
best? I assume the main power board
would go in the main amplifier case.
(P. G., Orient Point, NSW).
• While we may seem pedantic,
even quite small differences in
layout will have a significant effect
on the signal-to-noise ratio. For
example, just moving the Loudspeaker Protector board out from
its location in the corner of the
chassis can degrade the signal-tonoise ratio by 10dB or more. Doing
the other changes that you propose
would make it worse – such changes
NEVER improve things.
The wiring layout we produced
for that amplifier was produced after
a great deal of trial and error. Believe
us, there were times when we were
very frustrated in attempting to get
the very best performance. So unless
you are prepared to accept quite
significant degrading of the performance, do not make any changes to
the layout.
If you really must change the layout, then perhaps better results may
be obtained by putting the power
supply in a separate steel box – ie,
with the transformer, bridge rectifier
and power PC board. By the way,
a complete kit is available from
Altronics.
February 2008 97
Programmable Ignition System Problems
I have just finished building the
Programmable Electronic Ignition
System, the Hand Controller and the
coil drivers (SILICON CHIP, March,
April & May 2007). Unfortunately,
it is not working.
I get 5.1V with the microcontroller test and can adjust the voltage
out of VR1 as suggested but when
I connect the Hand Controller, the
display is very faint (even with VR1
fully clockwise) and the display
just shows dots in the top line of
the display.
I have checked my soldering and
while it’s not that pretty, I can’t see
any dry joints or bridges and I’m
not sure if it’s safe to test for these
with a multimeter.
What would be really handy
would be able to plug my Hand
Controller and ignition controller
into working versions of each other
and determine which is at fault.
signal wire which goes to ground when
the sensor light is blocked. Any help
regarding this issue would be appreciated. (C.W., via email).
• We showed how to use an ignition
module with the Crane optical trigger
in the December 2005 High Energy
Ignition article and the March 2007
Programmable Ignition System article.
The KC5427 is an older design but the
same connections apply.
Temperature sensor
may be open-circuit
I have a question regarding the
Fridge/Freezer Temperature Controller in the June 2005 issue. I have
built the kit and find that the unit is
permanently on. I’ve double-checked
the construction (I bet everyone says
that) and can’t find anything wrong.
What I am getting is 8.9V at pin 3
of the comparator chip and if I measure the resistance of the LM335 over
a range of 2-20°C it only varies from
35.7kW to around 36.5kW. I’m guessing
that this small change isn’t enough to
give a 2-3V drop across pin 3; in fact,
the voltage stays at 8.9V. If I remove
the LM335 and replace it with say a
2.2kW resistor, the LED goes out.
My question is where could my
98 Silicon Chip
Can you offer any suggestions that
would narrow down the search for
the fault?
On another point, I found it quite
difficult to work out the numbering
on the IC. In the circuit diagram in
the article, the shape of the IC in
relation to the terminals does not
match the real thing. A few numbers
on the board layout diagrams would
have helped a novice like me out a
lot. (D. P., via email).
• Pin 1 is adjacent to the dot on
the IC. Numbering is then counted
anticlockwise around the IC.
The lack of display would indicate that there is no connection
between pins 8,7,13,12,11 & 10 of
the IC and pins 4,6,14,13,12 & 11,
respectively, at the LCD module.
Check that the lead you are using
makes connections between the
DB25 connector at one end and at
the other.
circuit be wrong or is there some
instruction missing and should I be
adding some extra resistance to the
LM335 part of the circuit to help with
the voltage drop? (J. P., via email).
• If you are getting a voltage of 8.9V
more or less permanently on pin 3 of
IC1, this suggests that the connections
to your temperature sensor are either
open-circuit or perhaps reversed.
Measuring the resistance of the
LM335 is not meaningful because it’s
very non-linear. In fact, it behaves very
much like a zener diode, whose reverse
breakdown voltage varies in direct
proportion to the absolute temperature in Kelvin. And at any particular
temperature the dynamic resistance
is very low, so that the voltage drop
hardly changes over a fairly wide range
in current (100mA to say 5mA).
Filtering for
Voltage Switch kit
I built a Voltage Switch kit from
your book “Performance Electronics
for Cars” to switch the radiator fans I
added to a 1971 Mustang. It works fine
when bench-tested.
The problem is that the voltage reading at the temperature sender oscillates
enough to have the unit switching
rapidly on and off, ie, like the indicators. I think the gauges in these cars
run at around 5V and the regulator,
being “vintage”, oscillates the voltage
relatively slowly which doesn’t effect
a slow-acting gauge but does effect the
voltage switch.
Is there something I can add (eg,
a capacitor) or make to dampen the
signal voltage to the voltage switch?
(R. A., via email).
• The signal can be filtered by increasing the value of the capacitor connected across ZD2. This is currently
specified as 100nF and is located just
to the left of ZD2 on the PC board.
You can increase this to 1mF (or more)
by replacing it with an electrolytic
capacitor.
Note that the plus side of the capacitor should connect to the (K)
cathode side of ZD2. The size of the
capacitor will affect the response to
voltage changes. A large value (10mF
or 100mF) will delay the switching by
several seconds.
Fuel flow sensor
circuit wanted
I wonder if it would be simple to
design a circuit which would give an
indication of the duty cycle of fuel
injectors? While not giving complete
info, it could be of help in refining
one’s driving technique as related to
fuel economy. If the duty cycle varied
between cylinders, that would require
a little further thinking. (A. B., North
Mackay, Qld).
• We published a fuel injector monitor in the August 1995 issue.
PIC-Based
Water Level Meter
I have a question regarding the PICBased Water Level Meter (SILICON CHIP,
November 2007). I was wondering if
it is possible to increase the wireless
telemetry to a 1km range? If so, could
you please explain how to do it?
• The ultimate range will depend on
the terrain and the antenna used for the
Water Tank Level Meter and the Base
Station. Better range can be obtained
by using ¼-wavelength whip antennas
cut for 433MHz. These whips would
replace the wire antenna inside the
units. You need to couple to the antennas using 50W coaxial cable.
For greater range (up to 1km), you
would need to use a directional ansiliconchip.com.au
tenna such as a 433MHz Yagi and point
the transmitter’s antenna towards the
receiver antenna.
¼-wave whips are available from
RS Components (Cat 451-0747 and
451-0753). A 433MHz Yagi is also
available (Cat 532-4480) – see http://
www.rsaustralia.com. ¼-wave whips
are also available from Farnell – see
www.farnellinone.com.au.
Transistor failures
in the SC480
I built the TO-126 version of the
SC480 amplifier (SILICON CHIP, January
& February 2003) and I am impressed
with its performance. It goes very well
except at odd times when powered up
or turned on, the output transistors
fail. This has now happened three
times and my confidence in the unit
is now going.
Not all the transistors go together but
just one or two and the PNPs go first
followed by the NPNs. After failure
the transistors have shorts between
the base, collector and emitter. As this
fault is unpredictable, it makes it hard
to locate. I am just hoping that you
have experienced this fault before. (W.
T., via email).
• The most likely cause of this problem is an intermittent open-circuit in
the Vbe multiplier transistor (Q7), in
trimpot VR1 or the associated 100W
resistor. If any of these components
goes open-circuit, the output stage
transistors are turned fully on and they
will quickly self-destruct. Check the
soldering around these components
very carefully.
One other possible cause is that the
output transistors are not in intimate
contact with the heatsink.
Question on
honeycomb chokes
I was wondering if the modern miniature RFCs are equivalent in electrical
performance to the older honeycomb
wound types because I have a regenerative radio circuit (from the “Electronics Australia” publication “Basic
Electronics”) that requires a 2.5mH
choke. I have been able to obtain some
miniature ones but the project is very
unstable using these.
Do you think it would be worth
increasing my effort to try and obtain
the older ones as used in the EA project
which has a 2N5459 as a regenerative
siliconchip.com.au
Subwoofer Controller Is Too Noisy
With regards to the Subwoofer
Controller (SILICON CHIP, August
2007), I was wondering why you
used the outdated TL074 op amp
in the parametric circuit rather
than using a higher performance
operational amplifier?
Secondly, can you recommend a
replacement for the TL074 op amp,
to provide a higher signal-to-noise
ratio because -80dB is on the low
side. Many commercial parametric equalisers have signal-to-noise
ratios above -100dB.
Thirdly, what alterations are nec
essary to increase the maximum
output signal from 2.4V RMS to 6V
RMS? (M. T., Albury, NSW).
• It is likely that most of the noise
in the circuit originates in the first
two stage op amps (LM833) rather
than the TL074. It may be possible to improve the S/N ratio by
changing the LM833 op amp to the
detector? All I seem to get is uncontrollable feedback. (N. S., via email).
• We are unable to tell you whether
modern miniature RF chokes are
equivalent to honeycomb chokes.
However, it is unlikely that they would
be, given that the honeycomb method
is specifically used to reduce inter-turn
capacitance.
Having said that, the circuit you
refer to in “Basic Electronics” does
not call for a honeycomb choke. Given
its position in the circuit, the choke
should not be a critical component. In
fact, you could probably use a resistor
of around 470W instead.
Finally, note that regenerative circuits can be frustrating at the best of
times!
Interference to
2.4GHZ A/V senders
Can anything be done to stop interference on an audio-video sender? I
had been using one for a long time with
no interference but these days, with all
the wireless routers, cordless phones
and the rest, which all operate in the
2.4GHZ range, it has been impossible
to use it lately.
It seems that my next-door neighbour must have got a wireless router
much higher performance LF4562
op amps and also changing all
the resistors in these stages (and
the input 47kW resistors) to metal
film types. However, be aware that
inverting op amp stages (as used
for IC1b) are always noisier than
non-inverting stages.
However, before you do any
changes, it probably is not a problem since most of the noise is hiss
and will not be readily apparent
with the very limited high-frequency response of typical subwoofers.
The output signal is limited by
the 12V supply of the Subwoofer
Controller. We used this low supply
because many users would want to
use the unit in a car. If you wanted a
6V RMS output capability, the supply would need to be increased to
around 24V. Note that ZD1 would
also need to change, together with
the circuit for IC4.
and it’s interfering with my AV sender,
24 hours a day.
I have tried all four different channels but it made no difference. Also,
repositioning the sender and the receiver makes no change. I know there
are new ones which operate in the
5.8GHz range but I’m not willing to
spend $170 dollars. (P. T., via email).
• We suggest that you try getting your
neighbour to change channels and that
you try using better antennas for the
sender and receiver.
Higher temperature
setting for fan control
I am enquiring about the Thermostatic Switch for Radiator Fans in your
“Electronic Projects for Cars, Volume
1”. I’ve built the project successfully
but I can’t get the fan to run at a lower
temperature, despite VR1 being turned
fully clockwise.
I suspect that the problem is with
the sensor which measured around
560W at 25°C. I need to run the engine
at around 75°C where currently it runs
at 82°C.
I was planning to replace the 100W
resistor in parallel with VR1 with a
lower resistance (around 47W maybe)
hoping it will give extra bottom end.
February 2008 99
Landing Aid For A Paraglider
Since retiring, I have taken up the
sport of paragliding. At 66 years of
age, I have now lost the sight in my
left eye and when I try to land in
vast featureless sandy spaces, I have
difficulty judging the height above
ground in the range one to four metres. This is quite important, as this
is final approach height for landing
with my legs down.
While I can accomplish landing
with great difficulty on sand, I would
like to use a simple electronic aid to
ensure my ultimate safety. Can you
suggest a person or firm which can
take a standard laser or ultrasonic
tape and equip it with a vibrator to
alert me when I reach 4m, 3m & 2m
above ground? The unit would be
attached to one leg by Velcro straps,
pointing towards the ground.
Landing speed is not a problem, as
I can control this down to a virtual
stall. Altimeters and GPS devices are
Or do you have better alternative? (D.
K., Bandung, Indonesia).
• The 100W resistor in series with
VR1 could be reduced in value to
get your fan running at a higher temperature.
Problems with
PIC Testbed
I am having a lot of trouble with
the PIC Testbed kit featured in the
January 2001 issue. I have downloaded
MPLAB IDE and built the board and
serial lead correctly but am unable
not suitable, as the landing zone is in
a sand blow more than 300 feet above
sea level. The terrain constantly
varies from day to day, as does the
landing site.
I would appreciate your assistance
in finding someone to modify an
existing device, or design and build
a new one. Any laser would be very
low power and not a problem for
people under the flight path. (C. P.,
Point Vernon, Qld).
• In principle, it should be possible
to modify an ultrasonic tape to do
what you want. Unfortunately, we
are unable to suggest someone to do
it. As an alternative, you may want
to consider using or modifying an
ultrasonic parking sensor for cars.
These do have an audible alarm.
Have a look at the Jaycar LR8869
(page 322 of the current Jaycar catalog). This will give audible indications from 2m and less.
to program the PIC16F84. I want to
load the DEMO & TESTBED programs
into the PIC but the software will not
recognise the hardware.
I have also tried to use ICPROG &
PICPROG but these also didn’t work
correctly. How do I solve the problem?
(C. S., Ararat, Vic).
• First, make sure that all the jumpers for JP10, JP11 & JP12 are out. That
done, check that power is being applied to the PIC (IC2).
Next, in the communication settings for the RS232 COM port, select
the one that is for your computer; eg,
Notes & Errata
Multi-Message Voice Recorder,
December 2007: the resistor from
pin 7 of the HK828 should be a
47kW. The parts list should show
one 10kW and nine 47kW resistors.
COM1. The computer’s RS232 port
must be able to produce 12V for the
VPP programming voltage.
The best program to use for programming the PIC is WINPIC. The interface
is set to JDM (2) for serial port. The
program also has functions to test the
hardware by setting the lines high and
low manually.
WINPIC is available at http://freenethomepage.de/dl4yhf/winpicpr.html
Query on
ASK coding
I have recently purchased a 433MHz
TX/RX module from Jaycar. It requires
ASK coding and I am unable to find
any circuits to make the modules work.
Could you help? (D. H., via email).
• ASK encoding is amplitude shift
keying. So all you need to do is apply
a 5V square-wave with a frequency
between 300Hz and 5kHz to the transmitter input for the same signal to be
received and decoded at the receiver
output. In practice, instead of a square
wave, the signal can be encoded as a
data stream such as RS232 or similar,
as long as the bit rate does not go outside the 300 to 5K baud rate.
Stan Swan in his “433 Revisited”
article from December 2005 discussed
SC
the use of these modules.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims
any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any
issue of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
100 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $29.50 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 85 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $54.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post to Silicon Chip
Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
FOR SALE
LEDs! I NOW HAVE good stocks of
Nichia superbright oval LEDs, as well
as 5mm Agilent (HP) LEDs. These
are fantastic, bright brand-name quality LEDs at Chinese LED prices! Also
Osram surface mount range and other
NOS standard and superbright brand
name LEDs from just a few cents each.
Also Cree X-Lamps, 5 and 10 watt power
LEDs, LED drivers, kits and all sorts of
other stuff. www.ledsales.com.au
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au, www.rcsradio.com.au
MicroByte Electronics: PIC Micros
– Development Board – Development
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies safe with these handy binders
Available Aust. only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per
order (includes GST). Just fill in and mail the handy
order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call
(02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
Buy five and get them postage free!
siliconchip.com.au
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS
P&P
tools & Components. Phone: (03) 9378
4288. info<at>microbyte.com.au; www.
microbyte.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
1997-2005 SILICON CHIP in 9 folders
for sale. 10 issues missing. $150 ONO.
Pick-up only. Details mathewharper<at>
gmail.com
COMING EVENTS
CENTRAL COAST FIELD DAY: Wyong.
Feb 17th 2008 Wyong Race Course, only
1 hour north of Sydney. It’s on again!
The biggest and the best Amateur (Ham)
Radio Field Day in Australia. All the big
Amateur Radio traders and Electronics
dealers will be in attendance. Other attractions are Radio Club displays, CB
radio groups, Seminars and Workshops,
Flea Market, Raffles, Foxhunts, Volunteer communications organisations and
YL activities,. There is also a Field Day
dinner on Sat night 16th February 7pm,
bookings required. Access to the racecourse for hot food, free parking, Flea
Market setup, etc will be from 6:30am.
The exhibitors area will open for trading
from 9:30am. All the latest details at
www.ccarc.org.au. Phone (02) 4340
2500. Email fieldday<at>ccarc.org.au
continued page 103
February 2008 101
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
QUEST
®
Quest AV®
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
VGA Splitter
VGS2
HQ VGA
Cables
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
www.grantronics.com.au
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
®
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
www.dontronics.com has 300 selected
hardware and software products available from over 40 world wide manufacturers, and authors.
Olimex Development Boards & Tools:
ARM, AVR, MAXQ, MSP430 and PIC.
Atmel Programmers And Compilers:
STK500, Codevision C, Bascom AVR,
FED AVIDICY Pro, MikroElektronika Basic
and Pascal, Flash File support, and boot
loaders.
PICmicro Programmers And Compilers:
microEngineering Labs USB programmers, adapters, and Basic Compilers, DIY
(Kitsrus) USB programmers, MikroElektronika Basic, Pascal, DSpic Pascal Compilers,
CCS C, FED C, Hi-Tech C, MikroElektronika
C, disassembler and hex tools.
CAN: Lawicell CANUSB, CAN232
FTDI: USB Family of IC ‘s. FT232RL,
FT2452RL, also BL and others.
4DSystems LCD/Graphics: Add VGA
monitor, or OLED LCD to your micro. Simple Serial I/F.
Heaps And Heaps Of USB Products:
TTL, RS-232, RS-485, modules, cables,
analyzers, CRO’s.
Popular Easysync USB To RS-232
Cable: Works when the others fail. Only
one recommended by CBUS. Money back
guarantee.
www.dontronics-shop.com
102 Silicon Chip
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
Satellite TV Reception
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite
lists, etc or call for appointment to view.
We can display all satellites from 76.5°
to 180°.
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
C O N T R O L S
MS120
The world’s lowest cost controller
with inbuilt operator interface
12 digital I/O
2 line LCD
5 push buttons
Expandable
Easy to program
If you want the right ‘wireless’ ingredients for a
successful project recipe, THINK Telelink! Don’t
want to be confused by wireless gobbledegook
and confusing buzz words? TALK to Telelink!
We will give you honest advice so that you
can make the right purchase decision for
your OEM low power wireless requirements.
Browse our website for more information about
our products. If you have any questions speak
with a Telelink Communications representative.
At Telelink we sell solutions, not problems!
01010101
$164
Developer’s Kit $197 includes programming cable & software
Made in Australia - used world-wide
splat-sc.com
Do you have wireless problems?
Telelink has wireless solutions!
Telelink Communications
www.telelink.com.au
e-mail Jack Chomley – jack<at>telelink.com.au
or call (07) 4934 0413 or 0428 199 551
Circuit & Design Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea? If so, sketch it out, write a brief description of its operation & send it to us. Provided your idea is workable & original, we’ll publish it in Circuit
Notebook & you’ll make some money. We pay up to $100 for a good circuit idea or you
could win some test gear.
Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
Advertising Index
Altronics.................................. 82-85
Amateur Scientist CDs................. 42
Av-Comm................................... 102
BitScope Designs........................... 3
Central Coast Amateur Radio.... 101
Computronics............................. 101
Dick Smith Electronics............ 20-23
Dontronics.................................. 102
Ecowatch.................................... 102
Emona Instruments........................ 9
Front Panel Express....................... 6
Grantronics................................. 102
Harbuch Electronics..................... 77
Instant PCBs.............................. 103
Jaycar........................ IFC,49-56,103
JED Microprocessors..................... 5
Keith Rippon............................... 103
LED Sales.................................. 101
Microbyte Electronics................. 101
Ocean Controls............................ 37
SPK360
3/5/06
1:10 PM
Page 1
Oatley Electronics........................ 65
Ozitronics....................................... 6
DOWNLOAD OUR CATALOG at
20 years experience!
www.iinet.net.au/~worcom
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
WORLDWIDE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PO Box 631, Hillarys, WA 6923
Ph: (08) 9307 7305 Fax: (08) 9307 7309
Email: worcom<at>iinet.net.au
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
Radio, TV & Hobbies DVD............ 18
RCS Radio................................. 101
RF Modules................................ 103
Sesame Electronics................... 101
Silicon Chip Binders................... 101
Silicon Chip Bookshop........ 104,IBC
SC Perf. Elect. For Cars.......... 38,91
SPK360
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
Quest Electronics....................... 102
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
Silicon Chip Subscriptions............. 8
KIT ASSEMBLY
Speakerbits................................ 103
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith 0409 662 794.
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
WANTED
WANTED: ONE (1) HEWLETT-PACKARD SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR model 15-C plus its matching Owner/User’s
Manual. Preference will be given to units
in good usable condition. Please phone
(08) 8337 6887 A/H (reverse charges) or
siliconchip.com.au
Soundlabs Group......................... 43
write to: Eugenio Muratore, 695 Lower
North East Road, PARADISE 5075.
Splat Controls............................. 102
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
Croydon, Melbourne. (03) 9723 3860.
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
Tenrod Australia........................... 19
WANTED: ANY NUMBER of 2.5mH
radio frequency chokes, the old honeycomb-wound coil type, single pile, not
the modern miniature type. Will pay top
money. nsamuels1<at>bigpond.com
Telelink....................................... 102
Truscotts Electronic World.......... 103
Vaf Research.................................. 7
Wagner Electronics..............OBC,41
Worldwide Elect. Components... 103
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP designs can be obtained from
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
February 2008 103
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
|